PDF(2.3 MB) View with Adobe Reader on a variety of devices
Updated:December 7, 2011
Bias-Free Language
The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For the purposes of this documentation set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based on age, disability, gender, racial identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and intersectionality. Exceptions may be present in the documentation due to language that is hardcoded in the user interfaces of the product software, language used based on RFP documentation, or language that is used by a referenced third-party product. Learn more about how Cisco is using Inclusive Language.
This chapter describes the Cisco NX-OS unicast routing commands available on Cisco Nexus 5000 Series switches.
address (VRRP)
To add a single, primary IP address to a virtual router, use the address command. To remove an IP address from a virtual router, use the no form of this command.
address ip-address [ secondary ]
no address [ ip-address [ secondary ]]
Syntax Description
ip-address
Virtual router address (IPv4). This address should be in the same subnet as the interface IP address.
secondary
(Optional) Specifies a secondary virtual router address.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure one virtual router IP address for a virtual router. If the configured IP address is the same as the interface IP address, this switch automatically owns the IP address. You can configure an IPv4 address only.
The master VRRP router drops the packets addressed to the virtual router's IP address because the virtual router is only intended as a next-hop router to forward packets. In NX-OS devices, some applications require that packets addressed to the virtual router's IP address be accepted and delivered. By using the secondary option to the virtual router IPv4 address, the VRRP router will accept these packets when it is the master.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a virtual router IP address:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# vrrp 250
switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 10.0.0.10
This example shows how to remove all the IP addresses (primary and secondary) using a single command:
switch(config-if-vrrp)# show running-config interface ethernet 9/10
!Command: show running-config interface Ethernet9/10
!Time: Mon Apr 14 06:04:18 2008
version 5.0(3)N1(1)
interface Ethernet9/10
vrrp 1
address 10.10.10.1/24
no shutdown
switch(config-if-vrrp)# no address
switch(config-if-vrrp)# show running-config interface ethernet 9/10
!Command: show running-config interface Ethernet1/5
!Time: Mon Apr 14 06:07:54 2008
version 5.0(3)N1(1)
interface Ethernet9/10
no switchport
vrrp 1
switch(config-if-vrrp)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
address-family (BGP neighbor)
To enter the neighbor address family mode address-family mode and configure submode commands for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the address-family command. To disable the address family submode for configuring routing protocols, use the no form of this command.
address-family ipv4 { multicast | unicast }
no address-family ipv4 { multicast | unicast }
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies the IPv4 address family.
multicast
Specifies multicast address support.
unicast
Specifies unicast address support.
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the address-family command to enter various address family configuration modes while configuring BGP routing. When you enter the address-family command from neighbor configuration mode, you enable the neighbor address family and enter the neighbor address family configuration mode. The prompt changes to switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#.
You must configure the address families if you are using route redistribution, load balancing, and other advanced features. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast and multicast address families.
From the neighbor address family configuration mode, the following parameters are available:
default-originate —Configures a BGP routing process to distribute a default route.
exit —Exits from the current command mode.
maximum-prefix —Controls how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor.
no —Negates a command or sets its defaults
route-reflector-client —Configures the router as a BGP route reflector.
soft-reconfiguration inbound—Configures the switch software to start storing BGP peer updates.
suppress-inactive —Advertises only active routes to peer.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to activate IPv4 multicast for neighbor 192.0.2.1 and place the device in neighbor address family configuration mode for the IPv4 multicast address family:
Configures a BGP routing process to distribute a default route.
feature bgp
Enables BGP configuration.
maximum-prefix
Controls how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor.
route-reflector-client
Configures the router as a BGP route reflector.
soft-reconfiguration inbound
Configures the switch software to start storing BGP peer updates.
suppress-inactive
Advertises only active routes to peer.
address-family (BGP router)
To enter the address family mode or a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) address-family mode and configure submode commands for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the address-family command. To disable the address family submode for configuring routing protocols, use the no form of this command.
address-family ipv4 { multicast | unicast }
no address-family ipv4 { multicast | unicast }
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies the IPv4 address family.
multicast
Specifies multicast address support.
unicast
Specifies unicast address support.
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the address-family command to enter various address family configuration modes while configuring BGP routing. When you enter the address-family command from router configuration mode, you enable the address family and enter global address family configuration mode. The prompt changes to switch(config-router-af)#.
You must configure the address families if you are using route redistribution, address aggregation, load balancing, and other advanced features. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast and multicast address families.
From the address family configuration mode, the following parameters are available:
Note This applies to IPv4 multicast or unicast.
aggregate-address —Configures BGP aggregate prefixes. See the aggregate-address command for additional information.
client-to-client reflection —Enables client-to-client route reflection. Route reflection allows a BGP speaker (route reflector) to advertise IBGP learned routes to certain IBGP peers. Use the no form of this command to disable client-to-client route reflection. Default: Enabled.
dampening [ half-life | route-map name ] —Configures the route flap dampening. Optionally, you can set the time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period (which is 15 minutes by default). The process of reducing the penalty happens every 5 seconds. The default half-life is 15 minutes. Range: 1 to 45. Default: Disabled.
default-metric metric —Sets the default flap metric of redistributed routes. The default-metric command is used to set the metric value for routes redistributed into BGP with the redistribute command. A default metric can be configured to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Assigning the default metric will allow redistribution to occur. This value is the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) that is evaluated by BGP during the best path selection process. The MED is a non-transitive value that is processed only within the local autonomous system and adjacent autonomous systems. The default metric is not set if the received route has a MED value. Range: 0 to 4294967295.
Note When enabled, the default-metric command applies a metric value of 0 to redistributed connected routes. The default-metric command does not override metric values that are applied with the redistribute command.
distance ebgp-route ibgp-route local-route —Configures a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. BGP does not use discard routes for next-hop resolution. In general, the higher the value, the lower the trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means the routing information source cannot be trusted at all and should be ignored. Use this command if another protocol is known to be able to provide a better route to a node than was actually learned via external BGP (eBGP), or if some internal routes should be preferred by BGP. Range: 1 to 255. Default: EBGP — 20, IBGP—200.
Caution Changing the administrative distance of internal BGP routes is considered dangerous and is not recommended. Improper configuration can introduce routing table inconsistencies and break routing.
exit —Exits from the current command mode.
maximum-paths [ ibgp ] parallel-paths —Configures the number of parallel paths to forward packets. The maximum-paths ibgp command is used to configure equal-cost or unequal-cost multipath load sharing for iBGP peering sessions. In order for a route to be installed as a multipath in the BGP routing table, the route cannot have a next hop that is the same as another route that is already installed. The BGP routing process will still advertise a best path to iBGP peers when iBGP multipath load sharing is configured. For equal-cost routes, the path from the neighbor with the lowest router ID is advertised as the best path. To configure equal-cost multipath load sharing, all path attributes must be the same. The path attributes include weight, local preference, autonomous system path (entire attribute and not just the length), origin code, Multi Exit Discriminator (MED), and Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) distance. The optional ibgp keyword allows you to configure multipath for the IBGP paths. To return to the default, use the no form of this command. The range is from 1 to 16.
network —Configures an IP prefix to advertise. See the network command for additional information.
nexthop —Configures next-hop address tracking events for BGP processes.
no —Negates a command or sets its defaults.
redistribute —Enables the redistribution of routes learned by other protocols into BGP. Redistribution is supported for both IPv4 routes. To disable the redistribution of routes learned by other protocols into BGP, use the no form of this command.
– direct route-map name —Specifies directly connected routes.
– eigrp AS-num route-map name —Specifies Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol routes. Range: 1 to 65535.
– ospf src-protocol route-map name —Specifies Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routes.
– rip src-protocol route-map name —Specifies Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes.
– static route-map name —Specifies static routes.
suppress-inactive —Advertises only active routes to peer. See the suppress-inactive command for additional information.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 unicast address family:
Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into BGP.
distance (BGP)
Configures the administrative distance.
feature bgp
Enables BGP configuration.
maximum-paths (BGP)
Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.
network
Configures an IP prefix to advertise.
nexthop route-map
Configures route policy filtering for next hops.
nexthop trigger-delay
Configures the BGP delay for triggering next-hop calculations.
redistribute (BGP)
Configures route redistribution for BGP.
suppress-inactive
Advertises active routes to a BGP peer.
timers (BGP)
Configures the BGP timers.
address-family (EIGRP)
To configure an address family for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the address-family command. To remove an address family, use the no form of this command.
address-family ipv4 unicast
no address-family ipv4 unicast
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies the IPv4 address family.
unicast
Specifies unicast address support.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode Address family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the IPv4 unicast address family for an EIGRP instance:
Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into RIP.
distance
Configures the administrative distance.
maximum-paths
Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.
redistribute
Configures route redistribution for RIP.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
timers
Configures the RIP timers.
advertise-map (BGP)
To configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) conditional advertisement, use the advertise-map command. To remove BGP conditional advertisement, use the no form of this command.
no advertise-map adv-map { exist-map exist-rmap | non-exist-map nonexist-rmap }
Syntax Description
adv-map
Route map with match statements that the route must pass before BGP passes the route to the next route map. The adv-map is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
exist-map exist-rmap
Specifies a route map with match statements for a prefix list. A prefix in the BGP table must match a prefix in the prefix list before BGP will advertise the route. The exist-rmap is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
non-exist-map nonexist-rmap
Specifies a route map with match statements for a prefix list. A prefix in the BGP table must not match a prefix in the prefix list before BGP will advertise the route. The nonexist-rmap is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BGP neighbor address-family command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the advertise-map command to conditionally advertise selected routes. The routes or prefixes that BGP conditionally advertises are defined in two route maps, the adv-map and an exist-map or nonexist-map. The e xist-map or nonexist-map specifies the prefix that the BGP tracks. The adv-map specifies the prefix that BGP advertises to the specified neighbor when the condition is met.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure BGP conditional advertisement:
switch(config-route-map)# match ip address prefix-list plist
switch(config-route-map)# exit
switch(config)# ip prefix-list plist permit 209.165.201.0/27
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables BGP.
neighbor
Configures a BGP peer.
show ip bgp
Displays BGP configuration information.
advertisement-interval (VRRP)
To specify the time interval between the advertisement packets that are being sent to other Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) routers in the same group, use the advertisement-interval command. To return to the default interval value of 1 second, use the no form of this command.
advertisement-interval seconds
no advertisement-interval [ seconds ]
Syntax Description
seconds
Number of seconds between advertisement frames being sent. For IPv4, the range is from 1 to 255 seconds.
Command Default
1 second
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VRRP advertisements communicate the priority and state of the virtual router master. The advertisements are encapsulated in IP packets and are sent to the IPv4 multicast address that is assigned to the VRRP group.
VRRP uses a dedicated Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) standard multicast address (224.0.0.18) for VRRP advertisements. This addressing scheme minimizes the number of routers that must service the multicasts and allows test equipment to accurately identify VRRP packets on a segment. The IANA-assigned VRRP IP protocol number is 112.
Examples
This example shows how to specify an advertisement interval of 200 seconds for VRRP group 250:
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
aggregate-address (BGP)
To create a summary address in a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the aggregate-address command. To remove the summary address, use the no form of this command.
Aggregate IPv4 address and mask length. Valid value for length is 1 to 32.
advertise-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to select attribute information from specific routes.
as-set
(Optional) Generates the autonomous system set path information and community information from the contributing paths.
attribute-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to set the attribute information for specific routes. The map-name is an alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
summary-only
(Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.
suppress-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to conditionally filter more specific routes. The map-name is an alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
The atomic aggregate attribute is set automatically when an aggregate route is created with this command unless the as-set keyword is specified.
Command Modes
Address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can implement aggregate routing in BGP either by redistributing an aggregate route into BGP, or by using the conditional aggregate routing feature.
The aggregate-address command without keywords creates an aggregate entry in the BGP routing table if any more-specific BGP routes are available that fall within the specified range. (A longer prefix which matches the aggregate must exist in the RIB.) The aggregate route will be advertised as coming from your autonomous system and will have the atomic aggregate attribute set to show that information might be missing. (By default, the atomic aggregate attribute is set unless you specify the as-set keyword.)
The as-set keyword creates an aggregate entry using the same rules that the command follows without this keyword, but the path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized. Do not use this form of the aggregate-address command when aggregating many paths, because this route must be continually withdrawn and updated as autonomous system path reachability information for the summarized routes changes.
The summary-only keyword not only creates the aggregate route (for example, 192.*.*.*) but also suppresses advertisements of more-specific routes to all neighbors. If you want to suppress only advertisements to certain neighbors, you may use the neighbor distribute-list command, with caution. If a more-specific route leaks out, all BGP routers will prefer that route over the less-specific aggregate you are generating (using longest-match routing).
The suppress-map keyword creates the aggregate route but suppresses advertisement of specified routes. You can use the match clauses of route maps to selectively suppress some more-specific routes of the aggregate and leave others unsuppressed. IP access lists and autonomous system path access lists match clauses are supported.
The advertise-map keyword selects specific routes that will be used to build different components of the aggregate route, such as AS_SET or community. This form of the aggregate-address command is useful when the components of an aggregate are in separate autonomous systems and you want to create an aggregate with AS_SET, and advertise it back to some of the same autonomous systems. You must remember to omit the specific autonomous system numbers from the AS_SET to prevent the aggregate from being dropped by the BGP loop detection mechanism at the receiving router. IP access lists and autonomous system path access lists match clauses are supported.
The attribute-map keyword allows attributes of the aggregate route to be changed. This form of the aggregate-address command is useful when one of the routes forming the AS_SET is configured with an attribute such as the community no-export attribute, which would prevent the aggregate route from being exported. An attribute map route map can be created to change the aggregate attributes.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
AS-Set Example
This example shows how to create an aggregate BGP address in router configuration mode. The path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.
This example shows how to create an aggregate BGP address in address family configuration mode and apply it to the multicast database (SAFI) under the IP Version 4 address family. Because the summary-only keyword is configured, more-specific routes are filtered from updates.
This example shows how to create a route map called MAP-ONE to match on an as-path access list. The path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of elements contained in paths that are matched in the route map.
switch(config)# ip as-path access-list 1 deny ^1234_
To enable authentication for an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) area, use the area authentication command. To remove authentication for an area, use the no form of this command.
area area-id authentication [ message-digest ]
no area area-id authentication [ message-digest ]
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to enable authentication. Specify as either a positive integer value or an IP address.
message-digest
(Optional) Enables Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the area specified by the area-id argument.
Command Default
No authentication
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area authentication command to configure the authentication mode for the entire OSPF area.
The authentication type and authentication password must be the same for all OSPF devices in an area. Use the ip ospf authentication-key command in interface configuration mode to specify this password.
If you enable MD5 authentication with the message-digest keyword, you must configure a password with the ip ospf message-digest-key command in interface configuration mode.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure authentication for area 0 of OSPF routing process 201:
switch(config)# router ospf 201
switch(config-router)# area 0 authentication message-digest
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/1
switch(config-if)# ip ospf area 0
switch(config)-if# ip ospf message-digest-key 10 md5 0 adcdefgh
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf authentication-key
Assigns a password for simple password authentication for OSPF.
ip ospf message-digest-key
Assigns a password for OSPF MD5 authentication.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF interface-related information.
area default-cost (OSPF)
To specify a cost for the default summary route sent into an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) stub or not-so-stubby area (NSSA), use the area default-cost command. To remove the assigned default route cost, use the no form of this command.
area area-id default-cost cost
no area area-id default-cost cost
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to configure the default cost. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
cost
Cost for the default summary route used for a stub or NSSA. The range is from 0 to 16777215.
Command Default
The summary route cost is based on the area border router that generated the summary route.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area default-cost command on an Area Border Router (ABR) attached to a stub or NSSA to configure the metric for the summary default route generated by the ABR into the stub area.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set a default cost of 20 to stub network 192.0.2.0:
switch(config)# router ospf 201
switch(config-router)# area 192.0.2.0 stub
switch(config-router)# area 192.0.2.0 default-cost 20
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area stub
Defines an area as a stub area.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
area filter-list (OSPF)
To filter prefixes advertised in type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs) between Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) areas of an Area Border Router (ABR), use the area filter-list command. To change or cancel the filter, use the no form of this command.
area area-id filter-list route-map map-name { in | out }
no area area-id filter-list route-map map-name { in | out }
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to configure filtering. Specify as either a positive integer value or an IP address.
route-map map-name
Specifies the name of a route map used as the filter policy. The map-name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 63 characters.
in
Filters networks sent to this area.
out
Filters networks sent from this area.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area filter-list command to filter Type 3 LSAs. If you apply the route map with the in keyword, the route map filters all Type 3 LSAs originated by the ABR to this area, including Type 3 LSAs that originated as a result of the area range command in another area.
If you apply the route map with the out keyword, the route map filters all Type 3 LSAs that are advertised by the ABR to all other areas including Type 3 LSAs that originate locally as a result of the area range command configured in this area.
Cisco NX-OS implicitly denies any prefix that does not match an entry in the route map.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to filter prefixes that are sent from all other areas to area 1:
switch(config)# router ospf 202
switch(config-router)# area 1 filter-list route-map FilterExternal in
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area range
Consolidates and summarizes routes at an area boundary.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
show ip ospf policy statistics area
Displays OSPF policy statistics for an area.
area nssa (OSPF)
To configure an area as an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) not-so-stubby (NSSA) area, use the area nssa command. To remove the NSSA area, use the no form of this command.
no area area-id nssa [ default-information-originate [ route-map map-name ]] [ no-redistribution ] [ no-summary ] [ translate type7 [ always | never ] [ suppress-fa ]]
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF NSSA area. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
default-information- originate
(Optional) Generates a Type 7 default into the NSSA area. This keyword takes effect only on NSSA area border router (ABR) or NSSA autonomous system border router (ASBR).
route-map map-name
(Optional) Filters the Type 7 default generation based on the route map. The map-name argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
no-redistribution
(Optional) Blocks redistributed link-state advertisements (LSAs) from entering this NSSA area. Use this keyword when the router is both an NSSA ASBR and an NSSA ABR and you want the redistribute command to import routes into the normal areas but not into the NSSA area.
no-summary
(Optional) Allows an area to be an NSSA area but not have summary routes injected into it.
translate type7
(Optional) Translates Type 7 LSAs to type 5 LSAs.
always
(Optional) Always translates LSAs.
never
(Optional) Never translates LSAs.
suppress-fa
(Optional) Suppresses the forwarding address in translated LSAs. The ABR uses 0.0.0.0 as the forwarding IPv4 address.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area nssa command to create an NSSA area in an OSPF autonomous system. We recommend that you understand the network topology before configuring forwarding address suppression for translated LSAs. Suboptimal routing might result because there might be better paths to reach the destination’s forwarding address.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure area 1 as an NSSA area:
switch(config)# router ospf 10
switch(config-router)# area 1 nssa
switch(config-router)#
This example shows how to configure area 1 as an NSSA area and translate Type 7 LSAs from area 1 to Type 5 LSAs, but not place the Type 7 forwarding address into the Type 5 LSAs. (OSPF places 0.0.0.0 as the forwarding address in the Type 5 LSAs.)
switch(config)# router ospf 2
switch(config-router)# area 1 nssa translate type7 suppress-fa
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
redistribute
Redistributes routes learned from one routing protocol to another routing protocol domain.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
area range (OSPF)
To consolidate and summarize routes at an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) area boundary, use the area range command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
area area-id range ip-prefix [ not-advertise ]
no area area-id range ip-prefix [ not-advertise ]
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to summarize routes. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
ip-prefix
IP prefix specified as IP address/subnet mask length ( A. B. C. D / LEN).
not-advertise
(Optional) Sets the address range status to DoNotAdvertise. The Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the component networks remain hidden from other networks.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area range command only with Area Border Routers (ABRs) to consolidate or summarize routes for an area. The ABR advertises that a single summary route is advertised to other areas and condenses routing information at area boundaries.
You can configure OSPF to summarize addresses for many different sets of address ranges by configuring multiple area range commands.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure one summary route to be advertised by the ABR to other areas for all hosts on network 192.0.2.0:
switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.201 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# ip ospf area 201
switch(config-router)# area 0 range 192.0.2.0 255.255.0.0
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
area stub (OSPF)
To define an area as an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) stub area, use the area stub command. To remove the area, use the no form of this command.
area area-id stub [ no-summary ]
no area area-id stub [ no-summary ]
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF stub area. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
no-summary
(Optional) Prevents an Area Border Router (ABR) from sending summary link advertisements into the stub area.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area stub command to configure all devices attached to the stub area. Use the area default-cost command on an area border router (ABR) attached to the stub area. The area default-cost command provides the metric for the summary default route generated by the ABR into the stub area.
To further reduce the number of link-state advertisements (LSAs) sent into a stub area, you can configure the no-summary keyword on the ABR to prevent it from sending Summary LSAs (Type 3 LSAs3) into the stub area.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to create stub area 33 in OSPF 209:
switch(config)# router ospf 201
switch(config-router)# area 33 stub
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area default-cost
Specifies a cost for the default summary route sent into a stub area.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
area virtual-link (OSPF)
To define an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) virtual link, use the area virtual-link command. To remove a virtual link, use the no form of this command.
area area-id virtual-link router-id
no area area-id virtual-link router-id
Syntax Description
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area assigned to the transit area for the virtual link. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
router-id
Router ID associated with the virtual link neighbor. Specify as an IP address. The router ID appears in the show ip ospf neighbors display.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the area virtual-link command to establish a virtual link from a remote area to the backbone area. In OSPF, all areas must be connected to a backbone area. If the connection to the backbone is lost, it can be repaired by establishing a virtual link.
Use the area virtual-link command to enter the virtual link configuration mode where you can use the following commands:
You must configure both sides of a virtual link with the same area ID and the corresponding virtual link neighbor router ID. To see the router ID, use the show ip ospf neighbors command in any mode.
Note You cannot configure a virtual link on a not-so-stubby (NSSA) area.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to establish a virtual link between two devices, A, and B, with default values for all optional parameters:
Device A:
switch(config)# router ospf 1
switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.2
switch(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 192.0.2.1
switch(config-router-vlink)#
Device B:
switch(config# router ospf 209
switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.1
switch(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 192.0.2.2
switch(config-router-vlink)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
authentication (OSPF virtual link)
Enables authentication for an OSPF virtual link.
authentication-key (OSPF virtual link)
Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the simple password authentication of OSPF.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
dead-interval (OSPF virtual link)
Configures the dead interval for an OSPF virtual link.
hello-interval (OSPF virtual link)
Configures the hello interval for an OSPF virtual link.
message-digest-key (virtual link)
Enables OSPF MD5 authentication in an OSPF virtual link.
retransmit-interval (OSPF virtual link)
Configures the retransmit interval for an OSPF virtual link.
show ip ospf neighbors
Displays OSPF neighbor information.
show ip ospf virtual-link
Displays OSPF virtual link information.
transmit-delay (OSPF virtual link)
Configures the transmit delay for an OSPF virtual link.
authentication (HSRP)
To configure authentication for the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP), use the authentication command. To disable authentication, use the no form of this command.
no authentication { string | md5 { key-chain key-chain | key-string { 0 | 7 } text [ timeout seconds ]} | text string }
Syntax Description
md5
Specifies the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
key-chain key-chain
Identifies a group of authentication keys.
key-string
Specifies the secret key for MD5 authentication.
0
Specifies a clear text string.
7
Specifies an encrypted string.
text
Secret key for MD5 authentication. The range is from 1 to 255 characters. We recommend that you use at least 16 characters.
timeout seconds
(Optional) Specifies the authentication timeout value. The range is from 0 to 32767.
text string
Specifies an authentication string. The range is from 1 to 255 characters. The default string is “cisco”.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
HSRP configuration or HSRP template mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the authentication text command to prevent misconfigured routers from participating in HSRP groups that they are not intended to participate in. The authentication string is sent unencrypted in all HSRP messages. The same authentication string must be configured on all routers in the same group to ensure interoperation. HSRP protocol packets that do not authenticate are ignored.
Caution If you configure two routers with identical HSRP IP addresses but with different authentication strings, then neither router is aware of the duplication.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an authentication string for HSRP group 2:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 2
switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 110
switch(config-if-hsrp)# preempt
switch(config-if-hsrp)# authentication text sanjose
switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.0.0.3
switch(config-if-hsrp)# end
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables HSRP and enters HSRP configuration mode.
hsrp group
Creates an HSRP group.
authentication (OSPF virtual link)
To specify the authentication type for an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) virtual link, use the authentication command. To remove the authentication type for a virtual link, use the no form of this command.
(Optional) Specifies the key-chain to use. The key-name argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
message-digest
(Optional) Specifies to use message-digest authentication.
null
(Optional) Specifies no authentication is used. Disables authentication if configured for an area.
Command Default
Defaults to password authentication if you configure authentication with none of the optional keywords.
Command Modes
OSPF virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the authentication command in virtual link configuration mode to configure the authentication method used on the virtual link. Use the message-diges t keyword to configure MD5 message digest authentication and use the message-digest-key command to complete this authentication configuration. Use the key-chain keyword to configure password authentication using key chains and use the key chain command to complete this authentication configuration. Use the authentication command with no keywords to configure a password for the virtual link, and use the authentication-key command to complete this authentication configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable message-digest authentication:
switch(config)# router ospf 22
switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.12
Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the password authentication of OSPF.
key chain
Creates a key chain for managing authentication keys.
message-digest-key (OSPF virtual link)
Enables OSPF MD5 authentication.
authentication (VRRP)
To configure an authentication for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use the authentication command. To disable authentication, use the no form of this command.
authentication text password
no authentication [ text password ]
Syntax Description
text password
Selects to use simple text password of up to 8 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
No authentication
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to configure MD5 authentication for VRRP:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# vrrp 250
switch(config-if-vrrp)# authentication text mypwasswd
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
authentication key-chain (EIGRP)
To enable authentication for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) packets and to specify the set of keys that can be used on an interface, use the authentication key-chain command. To prevent authentication, use the no form of this command.
Set the authentication mode using the authentication mode command in VRF configuration mode. You must separately configure a key chain using the key-chain command to complete the authentication configuration for an interface.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# vrf red
switch(config-router-vrf)# authentication key-chain trees
Related Commands
Command
Description
authentication mode (EIGRP)
Sets the authentication mode for EIGRP in a VRF.
ip authentication key-chain eigrp
Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.
key-chain
Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
authentication mode (EIGRP)
To specify the type of authentication used in the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) packets, use the authentication mode command. To remove authentication, use the no form of this command.
authentication mode md5
no authentication mode md5
Syntax Description
md5
Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode Address family configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:
Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.
ip authentication mode eigrp
Configures the authentication mode for EIGRP on an interface.
key chain
Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
authentication-key (OSPF virtual link)
To assign a password to be used by an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) virtual link, use the authentication-key command. To remove a previously assigned OSPF password, use the no form of this command.
authentication-key [ 0 | 3 ] password
no authentication-key
Syntax Description
0
(Optional) Specifies an unencrypted authentication key.
3
(Optional) Specifies a 3DES encrypted authentication key.
password
Any continuous string of characters that can be entered from the keyboard up to 8 bytes.
Command Default
Unencrypted password
Command Modes
OSPF virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the authentication-key command to configure the password for password authentication on an OSPF virtual link. All devices on the same virtual link must have the same password to be able to exchange OSPF information.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the authentication key with the string yourpass:
switch(config)# router ospf 22
switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.12
To control how Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) calculates default metrics for an interface, use the auto-cost command. To assign the default reference bandwidth of 40 Gb/s, use the no form of this command.
Explicitly specifies the cost of sending a packet on an interface.
autonomous-system
To configure the autonomous system (AS) number for an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) address family, use the autonomous-system command. To revert to default, use the no form of this command.
autonomous-system as-number
no autonomous-system [ as-number ]
Syntax Description
as-number
Autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Address family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the autonomous-system command to set a common AS number for all EIGRP instances in an address family.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set an AS number for EIGRP for IPv4 unicast:
Enters the address family configuration mode for EIGRP.
bestpath (BGP)
To change the default best-path selection algorithm, use the bestpath command. To return the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process to the default operation, use the no form of this command.
no bestpath { always-compare-med | compare-routerid | { med { missing-as-worst | non-deterministic }}
Syntax Description
always-compare-med
Compares the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) on paths from a different autonomous system (AS).
compare-routerid
Configures a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process to compare identical routes received from different external peers during the best path selection process and to select the route with the lowest router ID as the best path.
med missing-as-worst
Assigns the value of infinity to received routes that do not carry the MED attribute, making these routes the least desirable.
med non-deterministic
Specifies that the best-MED path among paths is not picked from the same AS.
Command Default
The default settings are as follows: med missing-as-worst: A value of 0 is assigned to the missing MED med non-deterministic: Disabled
Command Modes
Router BGP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, ensure that BGP is enabled on the switch by using the feature bgp command.
To enable the comparison of the MED for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems, use the bgp always-compare-med command.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to change the default best-path selection algorithm to compare the MED on paths from different autonomous systems:
Clears the BGP information for the IPv4 address family.
multicast
Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.
unicast
Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.
all
Clears the BGP information for all address families.
neighbor
Network address. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.
*
Clears all neighbors.
as-number
Autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
peer-template name
Specifies a BGP peer template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
prefix
Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name or all VRF instances. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all BGP entries:
switch# clear bgp all *
clear bgp dampening
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route flap dampening information, use the clear bgp dampening command.
Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.
unicast
Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.
multicast
Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.
all
Clears BGP information for all address families.
neighbor
(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.
prefix
(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears BGP information from all VRFs.
default
(Optional) Clears BGP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears BGP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear BGP route flap dampening information:
switch# clear bgp all dampening
clear bgp flap-statistics
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route flap statistics, use the clear bgp flap-statistics command.
Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.
unicast
Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.
multicast
Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.
all
Clears BGP information for all address families.
neighbor
(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A. B. C. D for IPv4.
prefix
(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A. B. C. D / length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears BGP information from all VRFs.
default
(Optional) Clears BGP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears BGP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear BGP route flap statistics:
switch# clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics
clear bgp policy statistics aggregate-address
To clear policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) topology table, use the clear bgp policy statistics aggregate address command.
(Optional) Clears policy statistics for the default originate policy.
filter-list
Clears policy statistics for the neighbor filter list.
prefix-list
Clears policy statistics for the neighbor prefix list.
route-map
Clears policy statistics for the neighbor route map.
in
(Optional) Clears inbound policy statistics.
out
(Optional) Clears outbound policy statistics.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear policy statistics for an aggregate address:
switch# clear bgp policy statistics neighbor 192.0.2.1 filter-list in
Related Commands
Command
Description
show bgp policy statistics
Displays BGP policy statistics.
clear bgp policy statistics redistribute
To clear policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) topology table, use the clear bgp policy statistics redistribute command.
clear bgp policy statistics redistribute { direct | eigrp id | ospf id | rip id | static } [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
direct
Clears policy statistics for directly connected routes only.
eigrp
Clears policy statistics for Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).
ospf
Clears policy statistics for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.
rip
Clears policy statistics for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).
static
Clears policy statistics for IP static routes.
id
For the eigrp keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.
For the ospf keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.
vrf vrf-name
Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is an alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Specifies the “all” VRF instance.
default
(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear policy statistics for RIP:
(Optional) IPv4 prefix. The IPv4 format is x.x.x.x/length.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clears a route from the FIB:
switch# clear forwarding ip 10.0.0.1/8
clear forwarding inconsistency
To clear the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the clear forwarding inconsistency command.
clear forwarding inconsistency
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:
switch# clear forwarding inconsistency module all
Related Commands
Command
Description
show forwarding inconsistency
Displays information about the FIB inconsistencies.
test forwarding inconsistency
Triggers the forwarding inconsistency checker.
clear ip adjacency statistics
To clear adjacency statistics, use the clear ip adjacency statistics command.
clear ip adjacency statistics
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the adjacency statistics:
switch# clear ip adjacency statistics
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip adjacency
Displays adjacency information.
clear ip arp
To clear the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) information, use the clear ip arp command.
clear ip arp [ ip-addr | ethernet slot / port [. sub_if ] | loopback if_number | port-channel number [. sub_if_number ]] [ force-delete | statistics ] [ vrf vrf-name | all | default | management ]
Syntax Description
ip-addr
(Optional) IPv4 source address. The format is x.x.x.x.
ethernet slot/port
(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.
sub_if
(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet subinterface port number. The range is from 1 to 48.
loopback if_number
(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.
port-channel number
(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
. sub_if_number
(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.
force-delete
(Optional) Clears the entries from the ARP table without a refresh.
statistics
(Optional) Clears ARP statistics.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the ARP information from all VRF entries.
default
(Optional) Clears the ARP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the ARP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the ARP table:
switch# clear ip arp
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip arp
Displays information about ARP.
clear ip bgp
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes from the BGP table, use the clear ip bgp command.
clear ip bgp { ipv4 { unicast | multicast } | all } { neighbor | * | as-number | peer-template name | prefix } [ vrf vrf-name | all | default | management ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.
unicast
Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.
multicast
Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.
all
Clears the BGP information for all address families.
neighbor
Network address. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.
*
Clears all BGP routes.
as-number
Autonomous system (AS) number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
peer-template name
Specifies a BGP peer template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
prefix
Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.
default
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all BGP entries for the IPv4 address family:
switch# clear ip bgp *
clear ip bgp dampening
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route flap dampening information, use the clear ip bgp dampening command.
clear ip bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast } | all ] dampening [ neighbor | prefix ] [ vrf vrf-name | all | default | management ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.
unicast
(Optional) Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.
multicast
(Optional) Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.
all
(Optional) Clears the BGP information for all address families.
neighbor
(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.
prefix
(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.
default
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear BGP route flap dampening information:
switch# clear ip bgp dampening
clear ip bgp flap-statistics
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route flap statistics, use the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ neighbor | prefix ] [ vrf vrf-name | all | default | management ]
Syntax Description
neighbor
(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.
prefix
(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.
default
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear BGP route flap statistics:
switch# clear ip bgp flap-statistics
clear ip eigrp accounting
To clear the prefix accounting information for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) processes, use the clear ip eigrp accounting command.
clear ip eigrp accounting [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.
all
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from all VRF instances.
default
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the EIGRP accounting information:
switch# clear ip eigrp accounting
clear ip eigrp neighbors
To remove and reestablish the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor entries from the appropriate table, use the clear ip eigrp neighbors command.
clear ip eigrp neighbors [ * | ip-address | ethernet slot / port | loopback if_number | port-channel number ] [ soft ] [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
*
(Optional) Clears all neighbors.
ip-address
(Optional) Address of the neighbor.
ethernet slot/port
(Optional) Clears the Ethernet interface from the neighbor table. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.
loopback if_number
(Optional) Clears the loopback interface from the neighbor table. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.
port-channel number
(Optional) Clears the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number from the neighbor table. The range is from 1 to 4096.
soft
(Optional) Specifies soft reset for the neighbors.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is an alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from all VRF instances.
default
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from the management VRF.
Command Default
When no autonomous system number, interface, or VRF instance is specified, all EIGRP neighbor entries are cleared from the table.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all EIGRP entries for neighbors on Ethernet interface 2/1:
switch# clear ip eigrp vrf * neighbors ethernet 2/1
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about interfaces configured for EIGRP.
show ip eigrp neighbors
Displays the neighbors discovered by EIGRP.
clear ip eigrp redistribution
To clear redistribution information for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the clear ip eigrp redistribution command.
clear ip eigrp redistribution [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from all VRF instances.
default
(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear redistribution information:
switch# clear ip eigrp redistribution
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature eigrp
Enables the EIGRP feature.
clear ip eigrp traffic
To clear the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) traffic statistics, use the clear ip eigrp traffic command.
clear ip eigrp traffic [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from all VRF instances.
default
(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from the management VRF.
Command Default
This command clears information for the default VRF if no VRF is specified.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the EIGRP traffic statistics:
switch# clear ip eigrp traffic
clear ip interface statistics
To clear IP interface statistics, use the clear ip interface statistics command.
clear ip interface statistics
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the IP interface statistics:
switch# clear ip interface statistics
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip interface
Displays IP interface information.
clear ip ospf neighbor
To clear neighbor statistics and reset adjacencies for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the clear ip ospf neighbor command.
clear ip ospf [ instance-tag ] neighbor { * | neighbor-id | interface-type number | loopback number | port-channel number } [ vrf vrf-name ]
Syntax Description
instance-tag
(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.
*
Clears all neighbors.
neighbor-id
Neighbor ID (as an IP address) of the neighbor to clear.
interface-type number
Interface from which to clear all neighbors.
loopback number
Clears all neighbors on a loopback interface.
port-channel number
Clears all neighbors on a port-channel interface.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the OSPF virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the clear ip ospf neighbor command to clear neighbor information from the show ip ospf neighbor command. Use the instance-tag argument to clear the neighbor details from one OSPF instance. If you do not use the instance -tag argument, Cisco NX-OS clears the neighbor details from all OSPF instances. Use the show ip ospf neighbor command to find the neighbor ID.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for neighbor 192.0.2.1 for instance tag 201:
switch# clear ip ospf 201 neighbor 192.0.2.1
This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for all OSPF instances:
switch# clear ip ospf neighbor *
This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for all neighbors on Ethernet interface 1/2 for OSPF instance 202:
switch# clear ip ospf 202 neighbor ethernet 1/2
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf neighbor
Displays details for OSPF neighbors including the neighbor ID.
clear ip ospf policy statistics
To clear policy statistics for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the clear ip ospf policy statistics command.
clear ip ospf [ instance-tag ] policy statistics { area area-id filter-list { in | out } | redistribute { bgp autonomous-system | direct | eigrp id | ospf id | rip id | static }} [ vrf vrf-name ]
Syntax Description
instance-tag
(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.
area
Clears policy statistics for an area.
area-id
Area ID as an integer or IP address.
filter-list
Specifies the policy statistics for filtered prefixes between OSPF areas.
in
Filters prefixes sent into this OSPF area.
out
Filters prefixes sent from this OSPF area.
redistribution
Clears OSPF route redistribution statistics.
bgp autonomous-system
Specifies the autonomous system number for the Border Gateway Protocol. Specify the autonomous system number as x.y, where the range is from 1 to 65535 for both x and y, or as a single integer, where the range is from 1 to 65535.
direct
Specifies directly connected routes.
eigrp id
Specifies the autonomous system number for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol. Specify the id argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.
ospf id
Specifies the Open Shortest Path First version 2 instance. Specify the id argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.
rip id
Specifies the Routing Information Protocol instance. Specify the id argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.
static
Specifies static routes.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the OSPF virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the clear ip ospf statistics command to learn the policy statistics shown in the show ip ospf policy statistics command. Use the instance-tag argument to clear the policy statistics from one OSPF instance. If you do not specify the instance tag, Cisco NX-OS clears the policy statistics from all OSPF instances. Use the show ip ospf policy statistics command to to view the statistics that you are clearing.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all OSPF policy statistics for area 99 inbound filtered routes for OSPF 201:
switch# clear ip ospf 201 policy statistics area 99 filter-list in
This example shows how to clear all OSPF policy statistics for all BGP redistributed routes for OSPF 202:
switch# clear ip ospf 202 policy statistics redistribute bgp
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf policy statistics
Displays details for OSPF policies.
clear ip ospf redistribution
To clear redistribution information for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the clear ip ospf redistribution command.
clear ip ospf redistribution [ vrf { vrf-name | all | default | management }]
Syntax Description
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.
all
(Optional) Specifies the “all” VRF instance.
default
(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.
management
(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear redistribution information:
switch# clear ip ospf redistribution
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature ospf
Enables the OSPF feature.
clear ip ospf statistics
To clear Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) event statistics, use the clear ip ospf statistics command.
(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the OSPF virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the clear ip ospf statistics command to clear the event statistics from one or more OSPF instances. If you do not specify the instance-tag argument, Cisco NX-OS clears statistics from all OSPF instances. Use the show ip ospf statistics command to to view the statistics that you are clearing.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all OSPF event statistics:
switch# clear ip ospf statistics
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf statistics
Displays event statistics for OSPF.
clear ip ospf traffic
To clear Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) traffic statistics, use the clear ip ospf traffic command.
(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.
interface
(Optional) Interface to clear traffic statistics for. Use the ? option to see the interface options.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of the OSPF virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The vrf-name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the clear ip ospf traffic command to clear the traffic statistics from one or more OSPF instances. If you do not specify the instance-tag argument, Cisco NX-OS clears traffic statistics from all OSPF instances. Use the show ip ospf traffic statistics command to view the statistics that you are clearing.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to clear OSPF traffic statistics for OSPF 100:
switch# clear ip ospf 100 traffic
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf traffic statistics
Displays OSPF traffic statistics.
clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute
To clear policy statistics for routes redistributed into the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) topology table, use the clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute command in any mode.
clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute { bgp id | direct | eigrp id | ospf id | static } [ vrf vrf-name ]
Syntax Description
bgp
Clears policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
direct
Clears policy statistics for directly connected routes only.
eigrp
Clears policy statistics for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).
ospf
Clears policy statistics for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.
static
Clears policy statistics for IP static routes.
id
For the bgp keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.
For the eigrp keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.
For the ospf keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and is case-sensitive.
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear policy statistics for EIGRP:
switch# clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute eigrp 201
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip rip policy statistics
Displays policy statistics for RIP.
clear ip rip statistics
To clear the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) statistics, use the clear ip rip statistics command in any mode.
clear ip rip statistics [ interface type instance ] [ vrf vrf-name ]
Syntax Description
interface type instance
(Optional) Specifies the interface to clear topology entries.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all RIP statistics:
switch# clear ip rip statistics
Related Commands
Command
Description
show rip statistics
Displays database and interface entry information for the RIP process.
clear ip route
To clear individual routes from the unicast Routing Information Base (RIB), use the clear ip route command.
(Optional) Clears this route. The format is x.x.x.x.
prefix
(Optional) Clears this prefix. The format is x.x.x.x/length.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the clear ip route command to clear individual routes from the route table.
Caution The
* keyword is severely disruptive to routing.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the individual route:
switch(config)# clear ip route 192.0.2.1
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip route
Displays entries in the route table.
clear ip traffic
To clear IP traffic information, use the clear ip traffic command.
clear ip traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the IP traffic information:
switch(config)# clear ip traffic
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip traffic
Displays IP traffic information.
clear sockets statistics
To clear the socket statistics, use the clear sockets statistics command.
clear sockets statistics [ all | raw | tcp | udp ]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Clears all the socket statistics.
raw
(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the raw IPv4 protocols.
tcp
(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the TCP IPv4 protocols.
udp
(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the UDP IPv4 protocols.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the TCP socket statistics:
switch# clear sockets statistics tcp
Related Commands
Command
Description
show sockets client
Displays information about the socket client information.
show sockets connection
Displays information about the socket connection.
show sockets statistics
Displays information about the socket statistics.
clear vrrp
To clear the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) statistics, use the clear vrrp command.
clear vrrp vr id interface { ethernet slot / port | port-channel number [. sub_if_number ] }
Syntax Description
vr id
Clears VRRP statistics in a VRRP group on an interface. The range is from 1 to 255.
ethernet slot/port
Clears VRRP statistics on the Ethernet interface. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.
port-channel number
Clears VRRP statistics on the EtherChannel interface. The EtherChannel number is from 1 to 4096.
. sub_if_number
(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear VRRP statistics from a specific Ethernet interface:
To enable or restore route reflection from a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector to clients, use the client-to-client reflection command. To disable client-to-client route reflection, use the no form of this command.
client-to-client reflection
no client-to-client reflection
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Client-to-client route reflection is enabled by default; when a route reflector is configured, the route reflector reflects routes from a client to other clients.
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
By default, the clients of a route reflector are not required to be fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other clients. However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required. In this case, use the no client-to-client reflection command to disable client-to-client reflection.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a router as a route reflector:
Places the router in address family configuration mode for configuring routing sessions that use standard IPv4 address prefixes.
show ip bgp
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
confederation
To configure the confederation parameters for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the confederation command.
confederation { identifier | peers } as-number
Syntax Description
identifier
Sets the routing domain confederation autonomous system (AS) number.
peers
Sets the peer AS numbers for a BGP confederation.
as-number
Autonomous system number. The AS number can be a 16-bit integer or a 32-bit integer in the form of <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number>.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode Router VRF mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the confederation identifier:
To set the interval during which at least one hello packet must be received from a neighbor on an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) virtual link before the router declares that neighbor as down, use the dead interva l command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
dead-interval seconds
no dead-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Interval (in seconds) during which the router must receive at least one hello packet from a neighbor or that neighbor is removed from the peer list and does not participate in routing. The range is from 1 to 65535. The value must be the same for all nodes on the virtual link.
Command Default
40 seconds
Command Modes
Virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the dead interval command in virtual link configuration mode to configure the dead interval advertised in OSPF hello packets. This value must be the same for all networking devices on the virtual link. The default value for seconds is four times the interval set by the hello-interval command.
You can configure a shorter dead interval ( seconds) to detect a down neighbor faster and improve convergence. A shorter dead interval may lead to virtual link instability by incorrectly declaring a slow neighbor as down.
Use the show ip ospf virtual-links command to verify the dead interval.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the OSPF dead interval to 20 seconds:
switch(config)# ospf 201
switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.4
switch(config-router-vlink)# dead-interval 20
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
hello-interval (OSPF virtual link)
Specifies the interval between hello packets that Cisco NX-OS sends on the virtual link.
show ip ospf virtual-link
Displays OSPF virtual link information.
default-information originate (EIGRP)
To generate a default route into the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the default-information originate command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
default-metric
Sets the metric for routes redistributed into EIGRP.
redistribute
Redistributes routes from other routing protocols into EIGRP.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
default-information originate (OSPF)
To generate a default external route into an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing domain, use the default-information originate command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
no default-information originate [ always ] [ route-map map-name ]
Syntax Description
always
(Optional) Specifies to always advertise the default route regardless of whether the route table has a default route.
route-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies to advertise the default route if the route map is satisfied. The map-name argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
Advertises the default route if the route is in the route table.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the default-information originate command to assign a default route for redistributed routes. Whenever you use the redistribute command to redistribute routes into an OSPF routing domain, Cisco NX-OS automatically becomes an Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR). However, an ASBR does not, by default, generate a default route into the OSPF routing domain.
Use the route-map keyword to filter redistributed routes so that Cisco NX-OS generates a default route only for routes that pass the route map. Use the always keyword to generate the default route regardless of whether the default route is in the route table.
Note The default-information originate command ignores match statements in the optional route map.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the default route redistributed into the OSPF routing domain for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol (EIGRP):
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
redistribute (OSPF)
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into OSPF.
route-map
Defines a filter policy for routes.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
default-information originate (RIP)
To generate a default route into the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the default-information originate command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
Sets the metric for routes redistributed into RIP.
redistribute
Redistributes routes from other routing protocols into RIP.
show ip rip route
Displays the routes in RIP table.
default-metric (EIGRP)
To set metrics for an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the default-metric command. To remove the metric value and restore the default state, use the no form of this command.
default-metric bandwidth delay reliability loading mtu
no default-metric
Syntax Description
bandwidth
Minimum bandwidth of the route in kilobits per second. The range is from 1 to 16777215. The default value is 100000.
delay
Route delay in tens of microseconds. The range is from 1 to 16777215. The default value is 100 (tens of microseconds).
reliability
Likelihood of successful packet transmission expressed as a number between 0 and 255. The value 255 means 100-percent reliability; 0 means no reliability. The default value is 255.
loading
Effective bandwidth of the route expressed as a number from 1 to 255 (255 is 100-percent loading). The default value is 1.
mtu
Minimum maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of the route in bytes. The range is from 128 to 4352.
Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes. A default metric helps to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external metrics do not convert to EIGRP metrics, you can use a default metric to provide a reasonable substitute to the external metric and enable the redistribution to proceed.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to take redistributed Routing Information Protocol (RIP) metrics and translate them into EIGRP metrics with the following values: bandwidth = 1000, delay = 100, reliability = 250, loading = 100, and MTU = 1500.
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
redistribute
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain.
show ip eigrp route-map statistics redistribute
Displays information about EIGRP route map statistics.
default-metric (OSPF)
To set default metric values for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol, use the default-metric command. To return to the default state, use the no form of this command.
default-metric metric-value
no default-metric metric-value
Syntax Description
metric-value
Default metric value appropriate for the specified routing protocol. The range is from 1 to 1677214.
Command Default
The metric for redistributed, connected, and static routes is set to 25.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to configure the same metric value for all redistributed routes except static and directly connected routes. A default metric helps to redistribute routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external route metrics do not convert to an OSPF metric, use a default metric to enable the redistribution to proceed.
Note The default-metric command does not apply to the redistribution of directly connected routes into OSPF. Use a route map to change the default metric for directly connected routes.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure OSPF to redistribute RIP and BGP and set the default metric to 10:
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
redistribute (OSPF)
Redistributes routes from another routing domain into OSPF.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
default-metric (RIP)
To set default metric values for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the default-metric command in router address-family configuration mode. To return to the default state, use the no form of this command.
default-metric value
no default-metric [ value ]
Syntax Description
value
Default metric value. The range is from 1 to 15.
Command Default
value : 1
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes. A default metric helps to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external metrics do not convert to RIP metrics, you can use a default metric to provide a reasonable substitute to the external metric and enable the redistribution to proceed.
Examples
This example shows how to advertise Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routes using RIP and assign the OSPF-derived routes with a RIP metric of 10:
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
default-information originate
Generates a default route for routes redistributed into RIP.
redistribute
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain.
show ip rip route
Displays the routes in RIP table.
delay minimum
To delay the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) initialization after a reload or after an interface comes up, use the forwarder preempt command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
delay minimum [ min-delay] reload [reload-delay ]
no delay minimum [ min-delay] reload [reload-delay ]
Syntax Description
min-delay
(Optional) Minimum time (in seconds) to delay HSRP group initialization after an interface comes up. This period applies to all subsequent interface events. The default is 0 seconds.
reload reload-delay
Specifies the time period to delay HSRP group initialization after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The default is 0 seconds.
Command Default
The HSRP delay default is 0 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the delay hsrp command to delay HSRP initialization either after a reload or after an interface comes up. This configuration allows the interface and router to stabilize after the interface comes up and helps to prevent HSRP state flapping.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a minimum delay of 3 seconds and a group initialization delay of 10 seconds:
switch(config)# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 172.16.6.5 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 1
switch(config-if)# delay minimum 3 reload 10
switch(config-if)# ip 172.16.6.100
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables the HSRP configuration.
delay
To delay a state change for object tracking, use the delay command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
delay { up up-time [ down down-time] | down down-time [ up up-time ]}
no delay
Syntax Description
up up-time
Delays the object track state change for an up condition. The range is from 0 to 180 seconds.
down down-time
Delays the object track state change for a down condition. The range is from 0 to 180 seconds.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Object track mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the delay command to delay when object tracking detects an up or down state change for a tracked object or track list. This delay helps to prevent state flapping.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the delay timer for a tracked object:
To allow the use of two administrative distances (internal and external) for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) that could provide a better route to a node, use the distance command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
distance internal-distance external-distance
no distance
Syntax Description
internal-distance
Administrative distance for EIGRP internal routes. Internal routes are routes that are learned from another entity within the same autonomous system (AS). The distance can be a value from 1 to 255. The default value is 90.
external-distance
Administrative distance for EIGRP external routes. External routes are routes for which the best path is learned from a source external to this autonomous system. The distance can be a value from 1 to 255. The default value is 170.
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 0 to 255. In general, a higher value indicates a lower trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means that the routing information source cannot be trusted and should be ignored.
Use the distance command if another protocol is known to provide a better route to a node than was actually learned through the external EIGRP or some internal routes should be preferred by EIGRP.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the administrative distance of all EIGRP 1 internal routes to 80 and all EIGRP external routes to 130:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# distance 80 130
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
distance (OSPF)
To define the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) route administrative distance, use the distance command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
distance distance
no distance
Syntax Description
distance
Administrative distance for all routes local to this OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 255.
Command Default
110
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the distance command to set a distance for an entire group of routes. Use the distance command when you configure multiple routing protocols, and you want to choose one set of routes over the other.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the distance to 200, making the route less reliable:
switch(config)# router ospf 1
switch(config-router)# distance 200
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves this configuration change to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
distance (RIP)
To define the administrative distance assigned to routes discovered by the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the distance command. To remove the distance and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
distance admin-distance
no distance admin-distance
Syntax Description
admin-distance
Administrative distance to be assigned to RIP routes. The range is from 1 to 255.
Command Default
admin-distance : 120
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the distance command to change the preference of RIP routes over other protocol routes. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 1 to 255. In general, a higher value indicates a lower trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means that the routing information source cannot be trusted at all and should be ignored.
Examples
This example shows how to set the administrative distance for RIP:
Redistributes routes from one routing domain into RIP.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ebgp-multihop
To configure the exterior Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) time-to-live (TTL) value to support eBGP multihop, use the ebgp-multihop command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
ebgp-multihop ttl-value
no ebgp-multihop ttl-value
Syntax Description
ttl-value
TTL value for eBGP multihop. The range is from 2 to 255. You must manually reset the BGP sessions after using this command.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BGP neighbor configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ebgp-multihop command to configure the eBGP time-to-live (TTL) value to support eBGP multihop. In some situations, an eBGP peer is not directly connected to another eBGP peer and requires multiple hops to reach the remote eBGP peer. You can configure the eBGP TTL value for a neighbor session to allow these multihop sessions.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the eBGP multihop value:
To enable the logging of changes in Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor adjacencies, use the eigrp log-neighbor-changes command. To disable the logging of changes in EIGRP neighbor adjacencies, use the no form of this command.
Use the eigrp log-neighbor-changes command to log neighbor adjacency changes to monitor the stability of the routing system and to detect problems. Logging is enabled by default. To disable the logging of neighbor adjacency changes, use the no form of this command.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable logging of neighbor changes for EIGRP process 209:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# eigrp log-neighbor-changes
Related Commands
Command
Description
log-adjacency-changes
Enables logging of EIGRP adjacency state changes.
log-neighbor-changes
Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor changes.
log-neighbor-warnings
Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor warnings.
eigrp log-neighbor-warnings
To enable the logging of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor warning messages, use the eigrp log-neighbor-warnings command. To disable the logging of EIGRP neighbor warning messages, use the no form of this command.
eigrp log-neighbor-warnings [ seconds ]
no eigrp log-neighbor-warnings
Syntax Description
seconds
(Optional) Time interval (in seconds) between repeated neighbor warning messages. The range of seconds is from 1 to 65535.
Use the eigrp log-neighbor-warnings command to enable neighbor warning messages and to configure the interval between repeated neighbor warning messages.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to log neighbor warning messages for EIGRP process 209 and to repeat the warning messages in 5-minute (300 seconds) intervals:
To set the router ID used by the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) when communicating with its neighbors, use the eigrp router-id command. To remove the configured router ID, use the no form of this command.
eigrp router-id ip-address
no eigrp router-id ip-address
Syntax Description
ip-address
Router ID in dotted decimal notation.
Command Default
EIGRP automatically selects an IP address to use as the router ID when an EIGRP process is started.
EIGRP automatically selects an IP address to use as the router ID when an EIGRP process is started. The highest local IP address is selected and loopback interfaces are preferred. The router ID is not changed unless the EIGRP process is removed with the no router eigrp command or if the router ID is manually configured with the eigrp router-id command.
Use the eigrp router-id command to manually configure the router ID for EIGRP. The router ID is used to identify the originating router for external routes. If an external route is received with the local router ID, the route is discarded. The router ID can be configured with any IP address with two exceptions; 0.0.0.0 and 255.255.255.255 are not legal values and cannot be entered. You should configure a unique value for each router.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 172.16.1.3 as a fixed router ID:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# eigrp router-id 172.16.1.3
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp
Displays a summary of the EIGRP processes.
eigrp stub
To configure a router as a stub using the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the eigrp stub command. To disable the EIGRP stub routing feature, use the no form of this command.
Use the eigrp stub command to configure a router as a stub where the router directs all IP traffic to a distribution router.
The direct keyword permits EIGRP stub routing to advertise connected routes. This option is enabled by default.
The receive-only keyword restricts the router from sharing any of its routes with any other router in that EIGRP autonomous system, and the receive-only keyword does not permit any other option to be specified because it prevents any type of route from being sent.
The redistributed keyword permits the EIGRP Stub Routing feature to send other routing protocols and autonomous systems. Without the configuration of this option, EIGRP does not advertise redistributed routes.
If you use any of these four keywords ( direct, leak-map, receive-only, redistributed) with the eigrp stub command, only the route types specified by the particular keyword are advertised.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the router as a receive-only neighbor:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# eigrp stub receive-only
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp
Displays a summary of the EIGRP processes.
feature bgp
To enable the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the feature bgp command. To disable BGP, use the no form of this command.
feature bgp
no feature bgp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the BGP feature before you can configure BGP.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable a BGP configuration:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature bgp
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable the BGP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature bgp
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Creates a BGP instance.
show bgp
Displays BGP configuration information.
show feature
Displays the status of features on a switch.
feature eigrp
To enable the Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol (EIGRP), use the feature eigrp command. To disable EIGRP, use the no form of this command.
feature eigrp
no feature eigrp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the EIGRP feature before you can configure EIGRP.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the EIGRP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature eigrp
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable the EIGRP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature eigrp
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
router eigrp
Creates a EIGRP instance.
show feature
Displays the features enabled on the switch.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP configuration information.
feature hsrp
To enter Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) configuration mode and enable HSRP, use the feature hsrp command. To disable HSRP, use the no form of this command.
feature hsrp
no feature hsrp
Syntax Description
The command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the HSRP feature before you can configure HSRP.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable HSRP on the switch:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature hsrp
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable HSRP:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature hsrp
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
hsrp group
Creates and activates an HSRP group.
show feature
Displays the status of features on a switch.
show hsrp
Displays HSRP information.
feature ospf
To enable the Open Shortest Path First Protocol (OSPF), use the feature ospf command. To disable OSPF, use the no form of this command.
feature ospf
no feature ospf
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the OSPF feature before you can configure OSPF.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the OSPF feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature ospf
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable the OSPF feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature ospf
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
router ospf
Creates an OSPF instance.
show feature
Displays the status of features on a switch.
show ospf
Displays OSPF configuration information.
feature rip
To enable the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the feature rip command. To disable RIP, use the no form of this command.
feature rip
no feature rip
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the RIP feature before you can configure RIP.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the RIP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature rip
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable the RIP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature rip
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
router rip
Creates a RIP instance.
show feature
Displays the status of features on a switch.
show rip
Displays RIP configuration information.
feature vrrp
To enable the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use the feature vrrp command. To disable VRRP, use the no form of this command.
feature vrrp
no feature vrrp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable the VRRP feature before you can configure VRRP.
Note In Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)N1(1), a software upgrade on the Cisco Nexus 5548 switch and the Cisco Nexus 5596 switch that has the Layer 3 features enabled is disruptive. You must reload the switch and the Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the VRRP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# feature vrrp
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable the VRRP feature:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no feature vrrp
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
show feature
Displays the status of features on a switch.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group on an interface.
flush-routes (EIGRP)
To flush all EIGRP routes in the unicast RIB when an EIGRP instance restarts, use the flush-routes command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
flush-routes
no flush-routes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to flush routes when an EIGRP instance restarts:
switch(config)# router eigrp Test1
switch(config-router)# flush-routes
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
flush-routes (OSPF)
To flush routes on a restart for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol, use the flush-routes command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
flush-routes
no flush-routes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command causes OSPF to unregister from the unicast RIB when OSPF shuts down. The unicast RIB removes all the routes associated with this OSPF instance. If you do not configure the flush-routes command, OSPF does not unregister and the OSPF routes will be stale. The OSPF routes are eventually removed from the unicast RIB after a timeout period.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to flush routes for an OSPF restart:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# router ospf 202
switch(config-router)# flush-routes
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation
To enable or disable dynamic TCAM block allocation in the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation command.
Use the hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation enable command to reallocate unused blocks in the FIB.
Use the hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation disable command to disable the dynamic TCAM allocation. This command returns the TCAM to the default allocation if there are no routes in the reallocated blocks.
Examples
This example shows how to enable dynamic TCAM allocation:
Displays information about dynamic TCAM allocation for each module.
hello-interval (OSPF virtual link)
To specify the interval between hello packets that Cisco NX-OS sends on an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) virtual link, use the hello-interval command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
hello-interval seconds
no hello-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Hello interval (in seconds). The value must be the same for all nodes on a specific virtual link. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
10 seconds
Command Modes
Virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the hello-interval command in virtual link configuration mode to set the hello interval for OSPF across a virtual link. A shorter hello interval detects topological changes faster but causes more routing traffic. The hello interval must be the same for all devices on a virtual link.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the hello interval to 15 seconds:
switch(config)# router ospf 202
switch(config-router)# ip ospf area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.4
switch(config-router-vlink)# hello-interval 15
switch(config-router-vlink)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
dead-interval (virtual link)
Sets the time period to declare a neighbor as down if the local device receives no hello packets.
show ip ospf virtual-link
Displays OSPF virtual link information.
hsrp
To enter Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) configuration mode and create an HSRP group, use the hsrp command. To disable HSRP, use the no form of this command.
hsrp group-number ipv4
no hsrp group-number ipv4
Syntax Description
group-number
Number of HSRP groups that can be configured on a Gigabit Ethernet port, including the main interfaces and subinterfaces. The range is from 1 to 255. The default value is 0.
ipv4
(Optional) Sets the HSRP group for IPv4.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable HSRP before you can configure any HSRP options or create an HSRP group.
Examples
This example shows how to create and activate an HSRP group:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 0
switch(config-if)# ip address 172.16.6.5 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 1
switch(config-if-hsrp)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables HSRP configuration.
ip address
Creates a virtual IP address for the HSRP group. The IP address must be in the same subnet as the interface IP address.
show hsrp
Displays HSRP information.
hsrp delay
To delay Hot Standbu Router Protocol (HSRP) initialization after a reload or after an interface comes up, use the hsrp delay command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
no delay { minimum min-delay | reload reload-delay}
Syntax Description
minimum min-delay
Specifies the minimum time (in seconds) to delay HSRP group initialization after an interface comes up. This period applies to all subsequent interface events. The range is from 1 to 10,000. The default is 0 seconds.
reload reload-delay
Specifies the time period to delay HSRP group initialization after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The range is from 1 to 10,000. The default is 0 seconds.
Command Default
The HSRP delay default is 0 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the hsrp delay command to delay HSRP initialization either after a reload or after an interface comes up. This configuration allows the interface and router to stabilize after the interface comes up and helps prevent HSRP state flapping.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a minimum delay of 3 seconds and a group initialization delay of 10 seconds:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 172.16.6.5 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 1
switch(config-if)# hsrp delay minimum 3 reload 10
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables the HSRP configuration.
hsrp
Creates HSRP groups.
show hsrp delay
Displays the HSRP delay information.
interface ethernet (Layer 3)
To configure a Layer 3 Ethernet IEEE 802.3 routed interface, use the interface ethernet command.
(Optional) Specifies the Fabric Extender chassis ID. The chassis ID is from 100 to 199.
Note This argument is not optional when addressing the host interfaces of a Cisco Nexus 2000 Series Fabric Extender.
slot
Slot from 1 to 3. The following list defines the slots available:
Slot 1 includes all the fixed ports. A Fabric Extender only has one slot.
Slot 2 includes the ports on the upper expansion module (if populated).
Slot 3 includes the ports on the lower expansion module (if populated).
port
Port number within a particular slot. The port number is from 1 to 128.
.
(Optional) Specifies the subinterface separator.
subintf-port-no
(Optional) Port number for the subinterface. The range is from 1 to 48.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must use the no switchport command in the interface configuration mode to configure the interface as a Layer 3 routed interface. When you configure the interface as a Layer 3 interface, all Layer 2 specific configurations on this interface are deleted.
Use the switchport command to convert a Layer 3 interface into a Layer 2 interface. When you configure the interface as a Layer 2 interface, all Layer 3 specific configurations on this interface are deleted.
Examples
This example shows how to enter configuration mode for a Layer 3 Ethernet interface 1/5:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.1.1.1/24
switch(config-if)#
This example shows how to enter configuration mode for a host interface on a Fabric Extender:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 101/1/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.1.1.1/24
switch(config-if)#
This example shows how to configure a Layer 3 subinterface for Ethernet interface 1/5 in the global configuration mode:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5.2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-subif)# ip address 10.1.1.1/24
switch(config-subif)#
This example shows how to configure a Layer 3 subinterface in interface configuration mode:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 1/5.1
switch(config-subif)# ip address 10.1.1.1/24
switch(config-subif)#
This example shows how to convert a Layer 3 interface to a Layer 2 interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.1.1.1/24
switch(config-if)# switchport
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
bandwidth
Sets the bandwidth parameters for an interface.
delay
Configures the interface throughput delay value.
encapsulation
Sets the encapsulation type for an interface.
ip address
Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
inherit
Assigns a port profile to an interface.
interface vethernet
Configures a virtual Ethernet interface.
no switchport
Configures an interface as a Layer 3 interface.
service-policy
Configures a service policy for an interface.
show fex
Displays all configured Fabric Extender chassis connected to the switch.
show interface ethernet
Displays various parameters of an Ethernet IEEE 802.3 interface.
ip (HSRP)
To assign a virtual address to an HSRP group, use the ip command. To disable HSRP in the group, use the no form of this command.
ip [ autoconfig | ip-address [ secondary ]]
no ip [ autoconfig | ip-address [ secondary ]]
Syntax Description
autoconfig
(Optional) Generates a link-local address from the link-local prefix and a modified EUI-64 format Interface Identifier, where the EUI-64 Interface Identifier is created from the relevant HSRP virtual MAC address.
ip-address
(Optional) Virtual IP address for the virtual router (HSRP group). The IP address must be in the same subnet as the interface IP address. You must configure the virtual IP address for at least one of the routers in the HSRP group. Other routers in the group will pick up this address. The IP address can be an IPv4 address.
secondary
(Optional) Indicates that the IPv4 address is a secondary HSRP virtual address.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
HSRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip command to activate HSRP on the configured interface. If you configure a virtual IP address, that address is the designated virtual IP address for the entire HSRP group. For IPv4 groups, if you do not configure a virtual IP address, the gateway learns the virtual IP address from another gateway in the same HSRP group. To allow HSRP to elect an active virtual gateway (AVG), you must configure at least one gateway on the LAN with a virtual IP address.
Configuring the virtual IP address on the AVG always overrides a virtual IP address that is in use.
When you configure the ip command for an IPv4 HSRP group on an interface, the handling of proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests changes (unless proxy ARP was disabled). Hosts send ARP requests to map an IP address to a MAC address. The HSRP gateway intercepts the ARP requests and replies to the ARP requests on behalf of the connected nodes. If a forwarder in the HSRP group is active, proxy ARP requests are answered using the MAC address of the first active forwarder in the group. If no forwarder is active, proxy ARP responses are suppressed.
Note You must configure all HSRP options before you use the ip command to assign a virtual IP address and activate the HSRP group so that you can avoid authentication error messages and unexpected state changes that can occur in other routers when a group is enabled first and then there is a delay before the configuration is created. We recommend that you always specify an IP address.
Examples
This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 10 on Ethernet interface 1/1. The virtual IP address used by the HSRP group is set to 192.0.2.10.
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.32 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 10
switch(config-hsrp)# ip 192.0.2.10
This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 10 on Ethernet interface 2/1. The virtual IP address used by the HSRP group will be learned from another gateway configured to be in the same HSRP group.
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# hsrp 10
switch(config-if-hsrp)#
This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 2 on Ethernet interface 1/1 and creates a secondary IP address on the interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 20.20.20.1 255.255.255.0 secondary
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 2
switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.10.10.2
switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 20.20.20.2 secondary
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables the HSRP configuration.
show hsrp
Displays HSRP information.
ip address
To set a primary or secondary IP address for an interface, use the ip address command. To remove an IP address or disable IP processing, use the no form of this command.
ip address ip-address mask [ secondary ]
no ip address ip-address mask [ secondary ]
Syntax Description
ip-address
IPv4 address in the format A. B. C. D or A. B. C. D / length.
mask
Mask for the associated IP subnet.
secondary
(Optional) Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.
Command Default
No IP address is defined for the interface.
Supported User Roles
Interface configuration mode
Subinterface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note Before you use this command, make sure that you use the no switchport command on the interface to use the Layer 3 features.
An interface can have one primary IP address and multiple secondary IP address.
You can disable IP processing on a particular interface by removing its IP address with the no ip address command.
The optional secondary keyword allows you to specify a secondary IP address. Secondary addresses are treated like primary addresses, except the system never generates datagrams other than routing updates with secondary source addresses. IP broadcasts and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests are handled, as are interface routes in the IP routing table.
Note When you are routing using the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) algorithm, ensure that the secondary address of an interface fall into the same OSPF area as the primary addresses.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the IP address 192.168.0.27 as the primary address and 192.168.0.5 as the secondary address for Ethernet interface 1/5:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.27 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.5 255.255.255.0 secondary
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration change to the startup configuration file.
no switchport
Enables an interface for Layer 3 configuration.
show ip interface
Displays interfaces configured for IPv4.
ip arp
To configure a static Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry, use the ip arp command. To remove a static ARP entry, use the no form of this command.
Use this command on Layer 3 interfaces and Layer 3 subinterfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a static ARP entry on interface Ethernet 1/2:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip arp 192.0.2.1 0150.5a03.efab
switch(config-if)#
This example shows how to configure a static ARP entry on a subinterface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 1/1.1
switch(config-subif)# ip arp 192.0.2.1 0150.5a03.efab
switch(config-subif)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip arp
Displays ARP entries.
ip arp gratuitous
To enable gratuitous Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), use the ip arp gratuitous command. To disable gratuitous ARP, use the no form of this command.
ip arp gratuitous { request | update }
no ip arp gratuitous { request | update }
Syntax Description
request
Enables sending gratuitous ARP requests when a duplicate address is detected.
update
Enables ARP cache updates for gratuitous ARP.
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to disable gratuitous ARP request on interface Ethernet 2/1:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip arp gratuitous
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip arp
Configures a static ARP entry.
show ip arp
Displays ARP configuration information.
ip arp timeout
To configure an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) timeout, use the ip arp timeout command. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ip arp timeout timeout-value
no ip arp timeout
Syntax Description
timeout-value
Time (in seconds) that an entry remains in the ARP cache. Valid values are from 60 to 28800, and the default is 1500.
Command Default
1500 seconds
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(2)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the ARP timeout value to 120 seconds:
switch(config)# ip arp timeout 120
switch(config)#
This example shows how to revert to the default ARP timeout value of 1500 seconds:
switch(config)# no ip arp timeout
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config arp all
Displays the ARP configuration, including the default configurations.
ip as-path access-list
To configure an access-list filter for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) autonomous system (AS) numbers, use the ip as-path access-list command. To remove the filter, use the no form of this command.
ip as-path access-list name { deny | permit } regexp
no ip as-path access-list name { deny | permit } regexp
Syntax Description
name
AS path access list name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
deny
Rejects packets with AS numbers that match the regexp argument.
permit
Allows packets with AS numbers that match the regexp argument.
regexp
Regular expression to match BGP AS paths. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Fundamentals Configuration Guide, Release 4.2 at the following URL for details on regular expressions:
Use the ip as-path access-list command to configure an autonomous system path filter. You can apply autonomous system path filters to both inbound and outbound BGP paths. Each filter is defined by the regular expression. If the regular expression matches the representation of the autonomous system path of the route as an ASCII string, then the permit or deny condition applies. The autonomous system path should not contain the local autonomous system number.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an AS path filter for BGP to permit AS numbers 55:33 and 20:01 and apply it to a BGP peer for inbound filtering:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# ip as-path access-list filter1 permit 55:33,20:01
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# filter-list filter1 in
Related Commands
Command
Description
filter-list
Assigns an AS path filter to a BGP peer.
show ip as-path access-list
Displays information about IP AS path access lists.
ip authentication key-chain eigrp
To enable authentication for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) packets and to specify the set of keys that can be used on an interface, use the ip authentication key-chain eigrp command. To prevent authentication, use the no form of this command.
ip authentication key-chain eigrp instance-tag name-of-chain
no ip authentication key-chain eigrp instance-tag name-of-chain
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
name-of-chain
Group of keys that are valid.
Command Default
No authentication is provided for EIGRP packets.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must set the authentication mode using the ip authentication mode eigrp command in interface configuration mode. You must separately configure a key chain using the key-chain command to complete the authentication configuration for an interface.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip authentication key-chain eigrp 209 trees
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip authentication mode eigrp
Sets the authentication mode for EIGRP on an interface.
key-chain
Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
ip authentication mode eigrp
To specify the type of authentication used in the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) packets, use the ip authentication mode eigrp command. To remove authentication, use the no form of this command.
ip authentication mode eigrp instance-tag md5
no ip authentication mode eigrp instance-tag md5
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
md5
Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip authentication mode eigrp 209 md5
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
authentication mode (EIGRP)
Configures the authentication mode for EIGRP in a VRF.
copy running-config startup-config
Copies the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip authentication key-chain eigrp
Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.
key chain
Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
ip bandwidth eigrp
To configure the bandwidth metric on an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ip bandwidth eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip bandwidth eigrp instance-tag bandwidth
no ip bandwidth eigrp
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
bandwidth
Bandwidth value. The range is from 1 to 2,560,000,000 kilobits.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure EIGRP to use a bandwidth metric of 10000 in autonomous system 209:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipbandwidth eigrp 209 10000
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip bandwidth-percent eigrp
Sets the percent of the interface bandwidth that EIGRP can use.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip bandwidth-percent eigrp
To configure the percentage of bandwidth that may be used by the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) on an interface, use the ip bandwidth-percent eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip bandwidth-percent eigrp instance-tag percent
no ip bandwidth-percent eigrp
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
percent
Percentage of bandwidth that EIGRP may use.
Command Default
percent : 50
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
EIGRP uses up to 50 percent of the bandwidth of a link, as defined by the ip bandwidth interface configuration command. Use the ip bandwidth-percent command to change this default percent.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure EIGRP to use up to 75 percent of an interface in autonomous system 209:
To create a community list entry, use the ip community-list command. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.
ip community-list standard list-name { deny | permit } { aa : nn | internet | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export }
no ip community-list standard list-name
ip community-list expanded list-name { deny | permit } regexp
no ip community-list expanded list-name
Syntax Description
standard list-name
Configures a named standard community list.
permit
Permits access for a matching condition.
deny
Denies access for a matching condition.
aa : nn
Autonomous system number and network number entered in the 4-byte new community format. This value is configured with two 2-byte numbers separated by a colon. A number from 1 to 65535 can be entered each 2-byte number. A single community can be entered or multiple communities can be entered, each separated by a space.
You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.
internet
Specifies the Internet community. Routes with this community are advertised to all peers (internal and external).
You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.
no-export
Specifies the no-export community. Routes with this community are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation. These routes are not advertised to external peers.
You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.
local-AS
Specifies the local-as community. Routes with community are advertised to only peers that are part of the local autonomous system or to only peers within a subautonomous system of a confederation. These routes are not advertised external peers or to other subautonomous systems within a confederation.
You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.
no-advertise
Specifies the no-advertise community. Routes with this community are not advertised to any peer (internal or external).
You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.
expanded list-name
Configures a named expanded community list.
regexp
Regular expression that is used to specify a pattern to match against an input string. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Fundamentals Configuration Guide, Release 4.2 at the following URL for details on regular expressions:
Note Regular expressions can be used with expanded community lists only.
Command Default
Community exchange is not enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The ip community-list command is used to configure BGP community filtering. BGP community values are configured as a 4-byte number. The first two bytes represent the autonomous system number, and the last two bytes represent a user-defined network number. BGP community attribute exchange between BGP peers is enabled when the send-community command is configured for the specified neighbor. The BGP community attribute is defined in RFC 1997 and RFC 1998.
BGP community exchange is not enabled by default. Use the send-community command in BGP neighbor fix-family configuration mode to enable a BGP community attribute exchange between BGP peers.
The Internet community is applied to all routes or prefixes by default until any other community value is configured with this command or the set community command.
Once you configure a permit value to match a given set of communities, the community list defaults to an implicit deny for all other community values. Use the internet community to apply an implicit permit to the community list.
Standard Community Lists
Standard community lists are used to configure well-known communities and specific community numbers. You can pick more than one of the optional community keywords.A maximum of 16 communities can be configured in a standard community list. If you attempt to configure more than 16 communities, the communities that exceed the limit are not processed or saved to the running configuration file.
You can configure up to 32 communities.
Expanded Community Lists
Expanded community lists are used to filter communities using a regular expression. Regular expressions are used to configure patterns to match community attributes. The order for matching using the * or + character is the longest construct is first. Nested constructs are matched from the outside in. Concatenated constructs are matched beginning at the left side. If a regular expression can match two different parts of an input string, it matches the earliest part first.
Community List Processing
When multiple values are configured in the same community list statement, a logical AND condition is created. All community values must match to satisfy an AND condition. When multiple values are configured in separate community list statements, a logical OR condition is created. The first list that matches a condition is processed.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a standard community list where the routes with this community are advertised to all peers (internal and external):
switch(config)# ip community-list standard test1 permit internet
switch(config)#
This example shows how to configure a logical AND condition; all community values must match in order for the list to be processed:
switch(config)# ip community-list standard test1 permit 65534:40 65412:60 no-export
switch(config)#
In the above example, a standard community list is configured that permits routes from the following:
Network 40 in autonomous system 65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 65412.
Peers in the same autonomous system or from subautonomous system peers in the same confederation.
This example shows how to configure a standard community list that denies routes that carry communities from network 40 in autonomous system 65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 65412. This example shows a logical AND condition; all community values must match in order for the list to be processed.
switch(config)# ip community-list standard test2 deny 65534:40 65412:60
This example shows how to configure a named standard community list that permits all routes within the local autonomous system or permits routes from network 20 in autonomous system 40000. This example shows a logical OR condition; the first match is processed.
switch(config)# ip community-list standard RED permit local-AS
switch(config)# ip community-list standard RED permit 40000:20
switch(config)#
This example shows how to configure an expanded community list that denies routes that carry communities from any private autonomous system:
switch(config)# ip community-list expanded 500 deny _64[6-9][0-9][0-9]_|_65[0-9][0-9][0-9]_
switch(config)#
This example shows how to configure a named expanded community list that denies routes from network 1 through 99 in autonomous system 50000:
switch(config)# ip community-list list expanded BLUE deny 50000:[0-9][0-9]_
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables BGP.
match community
Matches a community in a route map.
send-community
Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.
set community
Sets a community in a route map.
ip delay eigrp
To configure the throughput delay for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) on an interface, use the ip delay eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip delay eigrp instance-tag seconds
no ip delay eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
seconds
Throughput delay, in tens of microseconds. The range is from 1 to 16777215.
Command Default
100 (10-microsecond units)
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You configure the throughput delay on an interface in 10-microsecond units. For example, if you set the ip delay eigrp command to 100, the throughput delay is 1000 microseconds.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the delay to 400 microseconds for the interface:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipdelay eigrp 1 40
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip hello-interval eigrp
Configures the hello interval on an interface for the EIGRP routing process that is designated by an autonomous system number.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip directed-broadcast
To enable the translation of a directed broadcast to physical broadcasts, use the ip directed-broadcast command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
An IP directed broadcast is an IP packet whose destination address is a valid broadcast address for some IP subnet but which originates from a node that is not itself part of that destination subnet.
A device that is not directly connected to its destination subnet forwards an IP directed broadcast in the same way it would forward unicast IP packets destined to a host on that subnet. When a directed broadcast packet reaches a device that is directly connected to its destination subnet, that packet is broadcast on the destination subnet. The destination address in the IP header of the packet is rewritten to the configured IP broadcast address for the subnet, and the packet is sent as a link-layer broadcast.
If directed broadcast is enabled for an interface, incoming IP packets whose addresses identify them as directed broadcasts intended for the subnet to which that interface is attached are broadcast on that subnet.
If the no ip directed-broadcast command has been configured for an interface, directed broadcasts destined for the subnet to which that interface is attached are dropped, rather than being broadcast.
Note Because directed broadcasts, and particularly Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) directed broadcasts, have been abused by malicious persons, we recommend that you disable the ip directed-broadcast command on any interface where directed broadcasts are not needed. We also recommend that you use access lists to limit the number of broadcast packets.
Examples
This example shows how to enable forwarding of IP directed broadcasts on Ethernet interface 2/1:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipdirected-broadcast
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip interface
Displays IP information for an interface.
ip distribute-list eigrp
To configure a distribution list for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) on an interface, use the ip distribute-list eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip distribute-list eigrp instance-tag { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out }
no ip distribute-list eigrp instance-tag { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out }
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
prefix-list list-name
Specifies the name of an IP prefix list to filter EIGRP routes.
route-map map-name
Specifies the name of a route map to filter EIGRP routes.
in
Applies the route policy to incoming routes.
out
Applies the route policy to outgoing routes.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip distribute-list eigrp command to configure a route filter policy on an interface. You must configure the named route map or prefix list to complete this configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a route map for all EIGRP routes coming into the interface:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipdistribute-list eigrp 209 route-map InputFilter in
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
prefix-list
Configures a prefix list.
route-map
Configures a route map.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information
ip eigrp shutdown
To shut down the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) on an interface, use the ip eigrp shutdown command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip eigrp instance-tag shutdown
no ip eigrp instance-tag shutdown
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip eigrp shutdown command to shut down the interface for EIGRP and prevent EIGRP adjacency for the interface for maintenance purposes. The network address for the interface does not show up in the EIGRP topology table.
Use the ip passive-interface eigrp command to prevent EIGRP adjacency but keep the network address in the topology table.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable EIGRP on an interface:
switch(config)# router eigrp 201
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipeigrp 201 shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip passive-interface eigrp
Configures an instance of EIGRP.
router eigrp
Configures an instance of EIGRP.
ip extcommunity-list
To create an extended community list entry, use the ip extcommunity-list command. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.
ip extcommunity-list standard list-name { deny | permit } generic { transitive | nontransitive } aa4 : nn
no ip extcommunity-list standard generic { transitive | nontransitive } list-name
no ip extcommunity-list expanded generic { transitive | nontransitive } list-name
Syntax Description
standard list-name
Configures a named standard extended community list.
deny
Denies access for a matching condition.
permit
Permits access for a matching condition.
generic
Specifies the generic specific extended community type.
transitive
Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.
nontransitive
Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.
aa4 : nn
Autonomous system number and network number. This value is configured with a 4-byte AS number and a 2-byte network number separated by a colon. The 4-byte AS number range is from 1 to 4294967295 in plaintext notation, or from 1.0 to 56636.65535 in AS.dot notation. You can enter a single community or multiple communities, each separated by a space.
expanded list-name
Configures a named expanded extended community list.
regexp
Regular expression that is used to specify a pattern to match against an input string. See the Cisco Nexus 7000 Series NX-OS Fundamentals Configuration Guide, Release 4.2 at the following URL for details on regular expressions:
Note Regular expressions can be used with expanded extended community lists only.
Command Default
Community exchange is not enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip extcommunity-list command to configure extended community filtering for BGP. Extended community values are configured as a 6-byte number. The first four bytes represent the autonomous system number, and the last two bytes represent a user-defined network number. The BGP generic specific community attribute is defined in draft-ietf-idr-as4octet-extcomm-generic-subtype-00.txt.
BGP extended community exchange is not enabled by default. Use the send-extcommunity command in BGP neighbor fix-family configuration mode to enable extended community attribute exchange between BGP peers.
Once you configure a permit value to match a given set of extended communities, the extended community list defaults to an implicit deny for all other extended community values.
Standard Extended Community Lists
Use standard extended community lists to configure specific extended community numbers. You can configure a maximum of 16 extended communities in a standard extended community list.
Expanded Extended Community Lists
Use expanded extended community lists to filter communities using a regular expression. Use regular expressions to configure patterns to match community attributes. The order for matching using the * or + character is the longest construct is first. Nested constructs are matched from the outside in. Concatenated constructs are matched beginning at the left side. If a regular expression can match two different parts of an input string, it matches the earliest part first.
Community List Processing
When you configure multiple values in the same extended community list statement, a logical AND condition is created. All extended community values must match to satisfy the AND condition. When you configure multiple values in separate community list statements, a logical OR condition is created. The first list that matches a condition is processed.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a standard generic specific extended community list that permits routes from network 40 in autonomous system 1.65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 1.65412:
switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list standard test1 permit generic transitive 1.65534:40 1.65412:60
switch(config)#
All community values must match in order for the list to be processed.
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables BGP.
match extcommunity
Matches an extended community in a route map.
send-community
Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.
set extcommunity
Sets an extended community in a route map.
ip hello-interval eigrp
To configure the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) hello interval for an interface, use the ip hello-interval eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip hello-interval eigrp instance-tag seconds
no ip hello-interval eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
seconds
Hello interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
5 seconds
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the hello interval to 10 seconds for the interface:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip hello-interval eigrp 1 10
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip hold-time eigrp
To configure the hold time for an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ip hold-time eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip hold-time eigrp instance-tag seconds
no ip hold-time eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
seconds
Hold time (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
15 seconds
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip hold-time eigrp command to increase the default hold time on very congested and large networks.
We recommend that you configure the hold time to be at least three times the hello interval. If a router does not receive a hello packet within the specified hold time, routes through this router are considered unavailable.
Increasing the hold time delays route convergence across the network.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the hold time to 40 seconds for the interface:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# iphold-time eigrp 209 40
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip hello-interval eigrp
Configures the hello interval on an interface for the EIGRP routing process designated by an autonomous system number.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip load-sharing address
To configure the load-sharing algorithm used by the unicast Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the ip load-sharing address command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip load-sharing address { destination port destination | source-destination [ port source-destination ]} [ universal-id seed ]
no ip load-sharing address { destination port destination | source-destination [ port source-destination ]} [ universal-id seed ]
Syntax Description
destination port destination
Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the destination address and port.
source-destination
Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the source and destination address.
port source-destination
(Optional) Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the source and destination address and port address.
universal-id seed
(Optional) Sets the random seed for the load sharing hash algorithm. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
Command Default
Destination address and port address
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip load-sharing address command to set the load-sharing algorithm that the unicast FIB uses to select a path from the equal-cost paths in the Routing Information Base (RIB).
Examples
This example shows how to set the load-sharing algorithm to use the source and destination address:
switch(config)# ip load-sharing address source-destination
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip load-sharing
Displays the load-sharing algorithm.
show routing hash
Displays the path the RIB and FIB select for a source/destination pair.
ip local-proxy-arp
To enable the local proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) feature, use the ip local-proxy-arp command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
Before the local proxy ARP feature can be used, you must enable the IP proxy ARP feature by using the ip proxy-arp command. The IP proxy ARP feature is disabled by default.
Note This command is not applicable to Layer 3 loopback interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the local proxy ARP:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip arp local-proxy-arp
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
ip proxy-arp
Enables proxy ARP on an interface.
show ip arp
Displays ARP configuration information.
ip next-hop-self eigrp
To instruct the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) process to use the local IP address as the next-hop address when advertising these routes, use the ip next-hop-self eigrp command. To use the received next-hop value, use the no form of this command.
ip next-hop-self eigrp instance-tag
no ip next-hop-self eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
EIGRP always sets the IP next-hop value to be itself.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
EIGRP, by default, sets the IP next-hop value to be itself for routes that it is advertising, even when advertising those routes on the same interface from which the router learned them. To change this default, you must use the no ip next-hop-self eigrp command to instruct EIGRP to use the received next-hop value when advertising these routes.
Examples
This example shows how to change the default IP next-hop value and instruct EIGRP to use the received next-hop value:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# noipnext-hop-self eigrp 209
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip offset-list eigrp
To configure an offset list for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) on an interface, use the ip offset-list eigrp command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip offset-list eigrp instance-tag { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out } offset
no ip offset-list eigrp instance-tag { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out } offset
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
prefix-list list-name
Specifies the name of an IP prefix list to filter EIGRP routes.
route-map map-name
Specifies the name of a route map to filter EIGRP routes.
in
Applies the route policy to incoming routes.
out
Applies the route policy to outgoing routes.
offset
Value to add to the EIGRP metric. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Cisco NX-OS adds the configured offset value to any routes that match the configure prefix list or route map. You must configure the named route map or prefix list to complete this configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an offset list filter to add 20 to the metric for EIGRP routes coming into the interface that match the route map OffsetFilter:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ipoffset-list eigrp 209 route-map OffsetFilter in 20
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
prefix-list
Configures a prefix list.
route-map
Configures a route map.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip ospf authentication
To specify the authentication type for an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface, use the ip ospf authentication command. To remove the authentication type for an interface, use the no form of this command.
(Optional) Specifies a key chain to use for authentication. The key-name argument can be a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
message-digest
(Optional) Specifies that message-digest authentication is used.
null
(Optional) Specifies that no authentication is used. Use this keyword to override any other authentication configured for an area.
Command Default
No authentication
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf authentication command to configure the authentication mode for an OSPF interface. If you use this command with no keywords, use the ip ospf authentication-key command to configure the password. If you use the message-digest keyword, use the ip ospf message-digest-key command to configure the message-digest key for the interface.
The authentication that you configure on an interface overrides the authentication that you configure for the area.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure message-digest authentication:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf authentication message-digest
switch(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 33 md5 0 mypassword
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area authentication
Enables authentication for an OSPF area.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf authentication-key
Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the password authentication of OSPF.
ip ospf message-digest-key
Configures the OSPF MD5 message-digest key.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf authentication-key
To assign a password for simple password authentication to be used by neighboring Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routers, use the ip ospf authentication-key command. To remove a previously assigned OSPF password, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf authentication-key [ 0 | 3 | 7 ] password
no ip ospf authentication-key
Syntax Description
0
(Optional) Configures an unencrypted password.
3
(Optional) Configures a 3DES encrypted password string.
7
(Optional) Configures a Cisco type 7 encrypted password string.
password
Any continuous string of characters that can be entered from the keyboard up to 8 bytes.
Command Default
Unencrypted password
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf authentication-key command to configure a password for simple password authentication. The password created by this command is used as a key that is inserted directly into the OSPF header when Cisco NX-OS originates routing protocol packets. You can assign a separate password to each network on a per-interface basis. All neighboring routers on the same network must have the same password to be able to exchange OSPF information.
Note Cisco NX-OS uses this key when you enable authentication for an interface with the ip ospf authentication interface configuration command or if you configure the area for authentication with the area authentication command in router configuration mode.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an unencrypted authentication key with the string yourpass:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf authentication-key yourpass
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area authentication
Specifies the authentication type for an OSPF area.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf authentication
Specifies the authentication type for an interface.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf cost
To specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface, use the ip ospf cost command. To reset the path cost to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf cost interface-cost
no ip ospf cost interface-cost
Syntax Description
interface-cost
Unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
Calculates the cost based on the reference bandwidth divided by the configured interface bandwidth. You can configure the reference bandwidth or it defaults to 40 Gb/s.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf cost command to configure the cost metric manually for each interface. This command overrides any settings for the reference bandwidth that you set using the reference-bandwidth command in router configuration mode.
If this command is not used, the link cost is calculated using the following formula:
link cost = reference bandwidth / interface bandwidth
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface cost value to 65:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf cost 65
Related Commands
Command
Description
reference-bandwidth
Specifies the reference bandwidth that OSPF uses to calculate the link cost.
ip ospf dead-interval
To set the interval during which at least one hello packet must be received from a neighbor before the router declares that neighbor as down, use the ip ospf dead-interval command. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf dead-interval seconds
no ip ospf dead-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Interval (in seconds) during which the router must receive at least one hello packet from a neighbor or that neighbor adjacency is removed from the local router and does not participate in routing. The range is from 1 to 65535, and the default is 40. The value must be the same for all nodes on the network.
Command Default
The default for seconds is four times the interval set by the ip ospf hello-interval command.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf dead-interval command to set the dead interval that Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) advertises in hello packets. This value must be the same for all networking devices on a specific network.
Configure a shorter dead interval to detect down neighbors faster and improve convergence. Very short dead intervals could cause routing instability.
Use the show ip ospf interface command to verify the dead interval and hello interval.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the OSPF dead interval to 20 seconds:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf dead-interval 20
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip ospf hello-interval
Specifies the interval between hello packets that OSPF sends on the interface.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF interface-related information.
ip ospf hello-interval
To specify the interval between hello packets that Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) sends on the interface, use the ip ospf hello-interval command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf hello-interval seconds
no ip ospf hello-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Interval (in seconds). The value must be the same for all nodes on a specific network. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
10 seconds
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf hello-interva l command to set the rate at which OSPF advertises hello packets. Shorter hello intervals allow OSPF to detect topological changes faster. This value must be the same for all routers and access servers on a specific network.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the interval between hello packets to 15 seconds:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf hello-interval 15
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf dead-interval
Sets the time period for which hello packets must not have been seen before neighbors declare the router as down.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf message-digest-key
To enable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication, use the ip ospf message-digest-key command. To remove an old MD5 key, use the no form of this command.
(Optional) Specifies an unencrypted password to generate the MD5 key.
3
(Optional) Specifies an encrypted 3DES password to generate the md5 key.
7
(Optional) Specifies a Cisco type 7 encrypted password to generate the MD5 key.
key
Alphanumeric password of up to 16 bytes.
Command Default
Unencrypted
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf message-digest-key command when you configure the MD5 digest authentication mode. All neighbor routers must have the same key value on the network.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set key 19 with the password 8ry4222:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 19 md5 8ry4222
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
area authentication
Enables authentication for an OSPF area.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf authentication
Specifies the authentication type for an interface.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf mtu-ignore
To disable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection on received Database Descriptor (DBD) packets, use the ip ospf mtu-ignore command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf mtu-ignore
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
OSPF MTU mismatch detection is enabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf mtu-ignore command to disable MTU mismatch detection on an interface. By default, OSPF checks whether neighbors are using the same MTU on a common interface. If the receiving MTU is higher than the IP MTU configured on the incoming interface, OSPF does not establish adjacencies. Use the ip ospf mtu-ignore command to disable this check and allow adjacencies when the MTU value differs between OSPF neighbors.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable MTU mismatch detection on received DBD packets:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf mtu-ignore
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF-related interface information.
ip ospf network
To configure the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) network type to a type other than the default for an interface, use the ip ospf network command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf network { broadcast | point-to-point }
no ip ospf network
Syntax Description
broadcast
Sets the network type as broadcast.
point-to-point
Sets the network type as point-to-point.
Command Default
Depends on the network type.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The network type influences the behavior of the OSPF interface. An OSPF network type is usually broadcast, which uses OSPF multicasting capabilities. Under this network type, a designated router and backup designated router are elected. For point-to-point networks, there are only two neighbors and multicast is not required. For routers on an interface to become neighbors, the network type for all should match.
This command overrides the medium { broadcast | p2p } command in interface configuration mode.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set an OSPF network as a broadcast network:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.33 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# ip ospf network broadcast
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF-related interface information.
ip ospf passive-interface
To suppress Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing updates on an interface, use the ip ospf passive-interface command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf passive-interface
no ip ospf passive-interface
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If an interface is configured as a passive interface, it does not participate in OSPF and does not establish adjacencies or send routing updates. However, the interface is announced as part of the routing network.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set an interface as passive:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf passive-interface
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF-related interface information.
ip ospf priority
To set the router priority for an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface, use the ip ospf priority command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf priority number-value
no ip ospf priority number-value
Syntax Description
number-value
Number that specifies the priority of the router. The range is from 0 to 255.
Command Default
Priority of 1
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf priority command to set the router priority, which determines the designated router for this network. When two routers are attached to a network, both attempt to become the designated router. The router with the higher router priority takes precedence. If there is a tie, the router with the higher router ID takes precedence. A router with a router priority set to zero cannot become the designated router or backup designated router.
Cisco NX-OS uses this priority value when you configure OSPF for broadcast networks using the neighbor command in router configuration mode.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the router priority value to 4:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf priority 4
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip ospf network
Configures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default for a given medium.
ip ospf retransmit-interval
To specify the time between Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) link-state advertisement (LSA) retransmissions for adjacencies that belongs to the interface, use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Time (in seconds) between retransmissions. The time must be greater than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Command Default
5 seconds
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command to set the time between LSA retransmissions. When a router sends an LSA to its neighbor, it keeps the LSA until it receives an acknowledgment message from the neighbor. If the router receives no acknowledgment within the retransmit interval, the local router resends the LSA.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the retransmit interval value to 8 seconds:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf retransmit-interval 8
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf transmit-delay
Sets the estimated time to transmit an LSA to a neighbor.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf shutdown
To shut down an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface, use the ip ospf shutdown command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf shutdown
no ip ospf shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf shutdown command to shut down OSPF on this interface.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to shut down OSPF on an interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip ospf transmit-delay
To set the estimated time required to send an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) link-state update packet on the interface, use the ip ospf transmit-delay command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip ospf transmit-delay seconds
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Syntax Description
seconds
Time (in seconds) required to send a link-state update. The range is from 1 to 450 seconds, and the default is 1.
Command Default
1 second
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip ospf transmit-delay command to set the estimated time needed to send an LSA update packet. OSPF increments the LSA age time by the transmit delay amount before transmitting the LSA update. You should take into account the transmission and propagation delays for the interface when you set this value.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the transmit delay value to 8 seconds:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip ospf transmit-delay 8
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Sets the estimated time between LSAs transmitted from this interface.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
ip passive-interface eigrp
To suppress all routing updates on an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ip passive-interface eigrp command. To reenable the sending of routing updates, use the no form of this command.
ip passive-interface eigrp instance-tag
no ip passive-interface eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
Routing updates are sent on the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip passive-interface eigrp command to stop all routing updates on an interface and suppress the formation of EIGRP adjacencies. The network address for the interface remains in the EIGRP topology table.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to stop EIGRP routing updates on ethernet 2/1:
switch(config)# router eigrp 201
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ippassive-interface eigrp 201
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.
no switchport
Configures an interface as a Layer 3 routed interface.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
ip port-unreachable
To enable the generation of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) port unreachable messages, use the ip port-unreachable command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
This example shows how to enable the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages, as appropriate, on an interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip port-unreachable
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip unreachables
Sends ICMP unreachable messages.
ip prefix-list
To create a prefix list to match IP packets or routes against, use the ip prefix-list command. To remove the prefix-list, use the no form of this command.
ip prefix-list name [ seq number ] { permit | deny } prefix [ eq length | [ ge length ] [ le length ]]
no ip prefix-list name [ seq number ] { permit | deny } prefix [ eq length | [ ge length ] [ le length ]]
Syntax Description
name
IP prefix list name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
seq number
(Optional) Specifies the number to order entries in the prefix list. The range is from 1 to 4294967294.
permit
Allows routes or IP packets that match the prefix list.
deny
Rejects routes or IP packets that match the prefix list.
prefix
IP prefix in A.B.C.D/length format.
eq length
(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.
ge length
(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.
le length
(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip prefix-list command to configure IP prefix filtering. Configure prefix lists with permit or deny keywords to either permit or deny the prefix based on the matching condition. A prefix list consists of an IP address and a bit mask. The bit mask is entered as a number from 1 to 32. An implicit deny is applied to traffic that does not match any prefix-list entry.
You can configure prefix lists to match an exact prefix length or a prefix range. Use the ge and le keywords to specify a range of the prefix lengths to match, which provides a more flexible configuration. If you do not configure a sequence number, Cisco NX-OS applies a default sequence number of 5 to the prefix list and subsequent prefix list entries are incremented by 5 (for example, 5, 10, 15, and so on). If you configure a sequence number for the first prefix list entry but not subsequent entries, then Cisco NX-OS increments the subsequent entries by 5 (for example, if the first configured sequence number is 3, then subsequent entries will be 8, 13, 18, and so on). You can suppress default sequence numbers by entering the no form of this command with the seq keyword.
Cisco NX-OS evaluates prefix lists that start with the lowest sequence number and continue down the list until a match is made. Once a match is made, the permit or deny statement is applied to that network and the rest of the list is not evaluated.
Tip For the best performance of your network, you should configure the most frequently processed prefix list statements with the lowest sequence numbers. The seqnumber keyword and argument can be used for resequencing.
The prefix list is applied to inbound or outbound updates for specific peer by entering the prefix-list command in neighbor address-family mode. Prefix list information and counters are displayed in the output of the show ip prefix-list command. Prefix-list counters can be reset by entering the clear ip prefix-list command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a prefix list and apply it to a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# ip prefix-list allowprefix 10 permit 192.0.2.0 eq 24
switch(config)# ip prefix-list allowprefix 20 permit 209.165.201.0 eq 27
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# prefix-list allowprefix in
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear ip prefix-list
Clears counters for IP prefix lists.
prefix-list
Applies a prefix list to BGP peer.
show ip prefix-list
Displays information about IP prefix lists.
ip prefix-list description
To configure a description string for an IP prefix list, use the ip prefix-list description command. To revert to default, use the no form of this command.
ip prefix-list name description string
no ip prefix-list name description
Syntax Description
name
Name of the prefix list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
string
Descriptive string for the prefix list. The string can be any alphanumeric string up to 90 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a description for an IP prefix list:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# ip prefix-list test1 description “this is a test”
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip prefix-list
Displays information about IPv4 prefix lists.
ip proxy-arp
To enable proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on an interface, use the ip proxy-arp command. To disable proxy ARP on the interface, use the no form of this command.
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip arp
Displays ARP configuration information.
ip rip authentication key-chain
To enable authentication for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Version 2 packets and to specify the set of keys that can be used on an interface, use the ip rip authentication key-chain command. To prevent authentication, use the no form of this command.
ip rip authentication key-chain name-of-chain
no ip rip authentication key-chain [ name-of-chain ]
Syntax Description
name-of-chain
Group of valid keys.
Command Default
No authentication is provided for RIP packets.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip authentication key-chain trees
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
key-chain
Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip rip authentication mode
To specify the type of authentication used in the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Version 2 packets, use the ip rip authentication mode command. To restore clear text authentication, use the no form of this command.
ip rip authentication mode { text | md5 }
no ip rip authentication mode
Syntax Description
text
Specifies the clear text authentication.
md5
Specifies the message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
Command Default
Clear text authentication is provided for RIP packets if you configured a key chain.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip authentication mode md5
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
ip rip authentication key-chain
Enables authentication for RIP Version 2 packets and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.
key chain
Enables authentication for routing protocols.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip rip metric-offset
To add an additional value to the incoming IP Routing Information Protocol (RIP) route metric for an interface, use the ip rip metric-offset command. To return the metric to its default value, use the no form of this command.
ip rip metric-offset value
no ip rip metric-offset
Syntax Description
value
Value to add to the incoming route metric for an interface. The range is from 1 to 15. The default is 1.
Command Default
value : 1
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip route metric-offset command to influence which routes are used by Cisco NX-OS. This command allows you to add a fixed offset to the route metric of all incoming routes on an interface. For example, if you set the metric-offset to 5 on an interface and the incoming route metric is 5, then Cisco NX-OS adds the route to the route table with a metric of 10.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a metric offset of 10 for all incoming RIP routes on Ethernet interface 2/1:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip metric-offset 10
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip rip offset-list
Adds an offset value to incoming RIP route metrics.
ip rip offset-list
To add an offset to incoming and outgoing metrics to routes learned via Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the ip rip offset-list command. To remove an offset list, use the no form of this command.
ip rip offset-list value
no ip rip offset-list
Syntax Description
value
Value to add to the incoming route metric for an interface. The range is from 1 to 15. The default is 1.
Command Default
value : 1
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an offset of 10 for all incoming RIP routes on Ethernet interface 2/1:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip offset-list 10
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip rip metric-offset
Adds an offset value to incoming RIP route metrics.
ip rip passive-interface
To suppress the sending of the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) updates on an interface, use the ip rip passive-interface command. To unsuppress updates, use the no form of this command.
ip rip passive-interface
no ip rip passive-interface
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
RIP updates are sent on the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
While RIP stops sending routing updates to the multicast (or broadcast) address on a passive interface, RIP continues to receive and process routing updates from its neighbors on that interface.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure Ethernet 1/2 as a passive interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rippassive-interface
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip rip poison-reverse
To enable poison-reverse processing of the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) router updates, use the ip rip poison-reverse command. To disable poison-reverse processing of RIP updates, use the no form of this command.
ip rip poison-reverse
no ip rip poison-reverse
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Split horizon is always enabled. Poison-reverse processing is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip rip poison-reverse command to enable poison-reverse processing of RIP router updates. By default, Cisco NX-OS does not advertise RIP routes out the interface over which they were learned (split horizon). If you configure both poison reverse and split horizon, then Cisco NX-OS advertises the learned routes as unreachable over the interface on which the route was learned.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable poison-reverse processing for an interface running RIP:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip poison-reverse
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip rip route-filter
To filter the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes coming in or out of an interface, use the route-filter command. To remove filtering from an interface, use the no form of this command.
ip rip route filter { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out }
no ip rip route filter { prefix-list list-name | route-map map-name } { in | out }
Syntax Description
prefix-list list-name
Associates a prefix list to filter RIP packets.
route-map map-name
Associates a route map to set the redistribution policy for RIP.
in
Filters incoming routes.
out
Filters outgoing routes.
Command Default
Route filtering is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip rip route-filter command to filter incoming or outgoing routes on an interface.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to use a route map to filter routes for a RIP interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip rip route-filter route-map InRipFilter in
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
prefix-list
Creates a prefix list.
route-map
Creates a route map.
ip rip summary-address
To configure a summary aggregate address under an interface for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the ip rip summary-address command. To disable summarization of the specified address or subnet, use the no form of this command.
ip rip summary-address ip-prefix / mask
no ip rip summary-address ip-prefix / mask
Syntax Description
ip-prefix / length
IP prefix and prefix length to be summarized.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The ip rip summary-address command summarizes an address or subnet under a specific interface.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the summary address 192.0.2.0 that is advertised out Ethernet interface 1/2:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip summary-address rip 192.0.2.0/24
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip route
To configure a static route, use the ip route command. To remove the static route, use the no form of this command.
ip route ip-prefix / mask {[ interface ] next-hop } [ preference ] [ tag id ]
no ip route ip-prefix / mask {[ interface ] next-hop } [ preference ] [ tag id ]
Syntax Description
ip-prefix / mask
IP prefix and prefix mask. The format is x.x.x.x/length. The length is 1 to 32.
interface
(Optional) Interface on which all packets are sent to reach this route. Use ? to display a list of supported interfaces.
next-hop
IP address of the next hop that can be used to reach that network. You can specify an IP address and an interface type and interface number. The format is x.x.x.x/length. The length is 1 to 32.
preference
(Optional) Route preference that is used as the administrative distance to this route. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1.
tag id
(Optional) Assigns a route tag that can be used to match against in a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 0.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Static routes have a default administrative distance of 1. If you want a dynamic routing protocol to take precidence over a static route, you must configure the static route preference argument to be greater than the administrative distance of the dynamic routing protocol. For example, routes derived with the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) have a default administrative distance of 100. To have a static route that would be overridden by an EIGRP dynamic route, you should specify an administrative distance greater than 100.
Examples
This example shows how to create a static route for destinations with the IP address prefix 192.168.1.1/32, reachable through the next-hop address 10.0.0.2:
switch(config)# ip route 192.168.1.1/32 10.0.0.2
This example shows how to assign a tag to the previous example so that you can configure a route map that can match on this static route:
switch(config)# ip route 192.168.1.1/32 10.0.0.2 tag 5
This example shows how to choose a preference of 110. In this case, packets for prefix 10.0.0.0 are routed to a router at 172.31.3.4 if dynamic route information with an administrative distance less than 110 is not available.
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)#ip route 10.0.0.0/8 172.31.3.4 110
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
match tag
Matches the tag value associated with a route.
ip router eigrp
To specify the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) instance for an interface, use the ip router eigrp command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip router eigrp instance-tag
no ip router eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, make sure that you enable EIGRP on the switch.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the EIGRP instance for an interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip router eigrp Base
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes in the startup configuration file.
feature eigrp
Enables EIGRP on the switch.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
ip router ospf area
To specify the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) instance and area for an interface, use the ip router ospf area command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip router ospf instance-tag area area-id [ secondaries none ]
no ip router ospf instance-tag area area-id [ secondaries none ]
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Instance tag. The instance-tag can be an alphanumeric string of 20 characters.
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to enable authentication. The area ID can be either a positive integer value from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
secondaries none
(Optional) Excludes secondary IP addresses.
Command Default
10 seconds
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip router ospf area command to specify the area and OSPF instance for the interface.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an interface for OSPF:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base area 33
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF interface-related information.
ip router ospf multi-area
To configure a multi-area adjacency on an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface, use the ip router ospf multi-area command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip router ospf instance-tag multi-area area-id
no ip router ospf instance-tag multi-area area-id
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Instance tag. Specify as an case-sensative alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
area-id
Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to add as another area to the primary interface. The area ID can be either a positive integer value from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, make sure that you enable OSPF on the switch.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a multi-area adjacency:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base area 33
switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base multi-area 99
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
feature ospf
Enables OSPF on the switch.
show ip ospf interface
Displays OSPF interface-related information.
ip router rip
To specify the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) instance for an interface, use the ip router rip command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
ip router rip instance-tag
no ip router rip instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the RIP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, make sure that you enable RIP on the switch.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the RIP instance for an interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip router rip Enterprise
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
feature rip
Enables RIP on the switch.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
ip split-horizon eigrp
To enable split horizon for an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) process, use the ip split-horizon eigrp command. To disable split horizon, use the no form of this command.
ip split-horizon eigrp instance-tag
no ip split-horizon eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no ip split-horizon eigrp command to disable split horizon on an interface.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable split horizon an an Ethernet link:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# no ipsplit-horizon eigrp 209
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
ip summary-address eigrp
To configure a summary aggregate address for the specified Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) interface, use the ip summary-address eigrp command. To disable a configuration, use the no form of this command.
no ip summary-address eigrp instance-tag { ip-address / length | ip-address mask }
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
ip-address / length
Summary IP prefix and prefix length to apply to an interface in four-part, dotted-decimal notation. For example, /8 indicates that the first eight bits in the IP prefix are network bits. If length is used, the slash is required.
ip-address
Summary IP address to apply to an interface in four-part, dotted-decimal notation.
mask
IP address mask.
admin-distance
(Optional) Administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255.
leak-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the leak map.
Command Default
An administrative distance of 5 is applied to EIGRP summary routes. No summary addresses are predefined.
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the ip summary-address eigrp command to configure interface-level address summarization. EIGRP summary routes are given an administrative distance of 5.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an administrative distance of 95 on an EIGRP interface for the 192.168.0.0/16 summary address:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 209 192.168.0.0/16 95
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays EIGRP interface-related information.
ip tcp path-mtu-discovery
To enable path maximum transmission unit (MTU) discovery on an IPv4 interface, use the ip tcp path-mtu discovery command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
ip ip tcp path-mtu discovery
no ip tcp path-mtu discovery
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to enable path MTU discovery for IPv4:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip tcp path-mtu-discovery
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip arp
Displays ARP configuration information.
ip tcp synwait-time
To set a period of time the Cisco NX-OS software waits while attempting to establish a TCP connection before it times out, use the ip tcp synwait-time command. To restore the default time, use the no form of this command.
ip tcp synwait-time seconds
no ip tcp synwait-time
Syntax Description
seconds
Time, in seconds, the software waits while attempting to establish a TCP connection. It can be an integer from 5 to 300 seconds.
Command Default
5 seconds
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.1(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch software to continue attempting to establish a TCP connection for 10 seconds:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# ip tcp synwait-time 10
Setting syn time to 10 seconds
switch(config)#
This example shows how to disable TCP synchronization on interfaces:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# no ip tcp synwait-time
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the running system configuration information.
ip unreachables
To enable the generation of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages, use the ip unreachables command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
This example shows how to enable the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on an interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# ip unreachables
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip port-unreachable
Sends ICMP port unreachable messages.
ip verify unicast source reachable-via
To configure Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (Unicast RPF) on an interface, use the ip verify unicast source reachable-via command. To remove Unicast RPF from an interface, use the no form of this command.
ip verify unicast source reachable-via { any [ allow-default ] | rx }
no ip verify unicast source reachable-via { any [ allow-default ] | rx }
Syntax Description
any
Specifies loose checking.
allow-default
(Optional) Specifies the MAC address to be used on the specified interface.
rx
Specifies strict checking.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure one of the following Unicast RPF modes on an ingress interface:
Strict Unicast RPF mode—A strict mode check is successful when the following matches occur:
– Unicast RPF finds a match in the Forwarding Information Base (FIB) for the packet source address.
– The ingress interface through which the packet is received matches one of the Unicast RPF interfaces in the FIB match.
If these checks fail, the packet is discarded. You can use this type of Unicast RPF check where packet flows are expected to be symmetrical.
Loose Unicast RPF mode—A loose mode check is successful when a lookup of a packet source address in the FIB returns a match and the FIB result indicates that the source is reachable through at least one real interface. The ingress interface through which the packet is received is not required to match any of the interfaces in the FIB result.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure loose Unicast RPF checking on an interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/3
switch(config-if)# ip verify unicast source reachable-via any
This example shows how to configure strict Unicast RPF checking on an interface:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/3
switch(config-if)# ip verify unicast source reachable-via rx
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip interface ethernet
Displays the IP-related information for an interface.
show running-config interface ethernet
Displays the interface configuration in the running configuration.
show running-config ip
Displays the IP configuration in the running configuration.
local-as
To configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) local autonomous system (AS) number, use the local-as command.
local-as as-number
Syntax Description
as-number
(Optional) Autonomous system number. The AS number can be a 16-bit integer or a 32-bit integer in the form of <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number>.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router VRF mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the local AS number for BGP:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# router bgp 65536.33
switch(config-router)# vrf red
switch(config-router-vrf)# local-as 65536.33
Related Commands
Command
Description
show bgp
Displays information about BGP.
log-adjacency-changes (EIGRP)
To enable the logging of changes in the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) adjacency state, use the log-adjacency-changes command. To disable the logging of changes in the EIGRP adjacency state, use the no form of this command.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable logging of adjacency state changes for EIGRP 1:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4
switch(config-router-af)# log-adjacency-changes
switch(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip eigrp log-neighbor-changes
Logs changes to neighbors for an interface.
ip eigrp log-neighbor-warnings
Logs neighbor warnings for an interface.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
log-adjacency-changes (OSPF)
To configure the router to send a syslog message when the state of an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) neighbor changes, use the log-adjacency-changes command. To turn off this function, use the no form of this command.
log adjacency changes [ detail ]
Syntax Description
detail
(Optional) Provides all (DOWN, INIT, 2WAY, EXSTART, EXCHANGE, LOADING, FULL) adjacency state changes.
Command Default
The router sends a system message when the state of an OSPF neighbor changes.
Use the log-adjacency-changes command to display high-level changes to the state of the OSPF neighbor relationship. This command is on by default but only reports the up/down (full/down) events if you do not use the detail keyword.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the router to send a system message when an OSPF neighbor state changes:
Saves this configuration change to the startup configuration file.
log-neighbor-warnings
To enable the logging of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor warning messages, use the log-neighbor-warnings command. To disable the logging of EIGRP neighbor warning messages, use the no form of this command.
log-neighbor-warnings [ seconds ]
no log-neighbor-warnings [ seconds ]
Syntax Description
seconds
(Optional) Time interval (in seconds) between repeated neighbor warning messages. The range of seconds is from 1 to 65535.
Use the log-neighbor-warnings command to enable neighbor warning messages and to configure the interval between repeated neighbor warning messages.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to log neighbor warning messages for EIGRP process 209 and to repeat the warning messages in 5-minute (300 seconds) intervals:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# log-neighbor-warnings 30
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
log-adjacency-changes
Enables logging of EIGRP adjacency state changes.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
low-memory exempt
To exempt a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor from a low-memory shutdown, use the low-memory exempt command. To make a BGP neighbor eligible for a low-memory shutdown, use the no form of this command.
low-memory exempt
no low-memory exempt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Some eBGP peers shut down for severe memory alerts.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to exempt a neighbor from low-memory shutdown:
To filter based on a MAC address, use the mac-list command. To remove the MAC list entry, use the no form of this command.
mac-list name [ seq number ] { permit | deny } mac-address [ mac-mask ]
no mac-list name [ seq number ] { permit | deny } mac-address [ mac-mask ]
Syntax Description
name
MAC list name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
seq number
(Optional) Creates an entry in the MAC list. The seq range is from 1 to 4294967294.
permit
Allows the packet or route that matches a MAC address in the MAC list.
deny
Blocks the packet or route that matches a MAC address in the MAC list.
mac-address
MAC address to filter against.
mac-mask
(Optional) Portion of the MAC address to match against, in MAC address format.
Command Default
No match values are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can match against the MAC list in a route map.
Examples
This example shows how to create the Red MAC list:
switch(config)# mac-list Red seq 1 permit 0022.5579.a4c1 ffff.ffff.0000
Related Commands
Command
Description
match mac-list
Matches a MAC address in a MAC list.
show mac-list
Displays information about a MAC list.
match as-number
To match to a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) autonomous system (AS) number, use the match as-number command. To remove an AS number list entry, use the no form of this command.
match as-number { number [, number...] | as-path-access-list name [... name ]}
no match as-number { number [, number...] | as-path-access-list name [... name ]}]
Syntax Description
number
AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
...number
(Optional) AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
as-path-access-list name
Specifies an AS-path access list to match AS numbers against. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
... name
(Optional) AS-path access list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the match as-number command to provide a list of AS numbers or an AS-path access list using a regular expression. BGP uses this match criteria to determine which BGP peers to create a BGP session with.
Use the route map to specify a range of AS numbers whose peers can establish a session with the local BGP through prefix peering. Cisco NX-OS ignores any other match commands if the match as-number command is present in the route map.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a list of AS numbers:
switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP
switch(config-route-map)# match as-number 64496, 64498-64510
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip as-path access-list
Creates an AS-path list.
neighbor
Configures BGP peers.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
match as-path
To match a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) autonomous system (AS) path access list, use the match as-path command. To remove a path list entry, use the no form of this command.
match as-path name [... name ]
no match as-path name [... name ]
Syntax Description
name
Autonomous system path access list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
... name
(Optional) Autonomous system path access list. You can configure up to 32 access list names.
Command Default
No path lists are defined.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The values set by the match as-path command overrides global values.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause relating to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example sets the autonomous system path to match BGP autonomous system path access list 20:
switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 20
switch(config-route-map)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip address
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set comm-list
Automatically computes the tag value in a route map configuration.
set community
Sets BGP community list (for deletion).
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin (BGP)
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match community
To match a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) community, use the match community command. To remove the match community command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition where the software removes the BGP community list entry, use the no form of this command.
match community name [... name ] [ exact-match ]
no match community name [... name ] [ exact-match ]
Syntax Description
name
One or more community list names. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. You can configure a maximum of 32 community lists.
exact-match
(Optional) Indicates that an exact match is required. All of the communities and only those communities specified must be present.
Command Default
No community list is matched by the route map.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match command that is related to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.
Matching that is based on the community list number is one of the types of match commands applicable to BGP.
Examples
This example shows how to match two BGP communities:
switch(config)# route-map test2
switch(config-route-map)# match community bgpLow bgpHigh
This example shows that the routes that match community list 1 have the weight set to 200. Any route that has the standard community 109 only has the weight set to 200.
switch(config)# ip community-list standard bgpLow permit 109
switch(config)# route-map set_weight
switch(config-route-map)# match community bgpLow exact-match
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200
This example shows the routes that match the community list 500. Any route that has expanded community 1 have the weight set to 150.
switch(config)# ip community-list expanded 500 permit [0-9]*
switch(config)# route-map MAP_NAME permit 10
switch(config-route-map)# match community 500
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 150
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip community-list
Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match extcommunity
To match a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) extended community in a route map, use the match extcommunity command. To remove the match from the route map, use the no form of this command.
match extcommunity name [... name ] [ exact-match ]
no match extommunity name [... name ] [ exact-match ]
Syntax Description]
name
One or more extended community list names. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. You can configure a maximum of 32 community lists.
exact-match
(Optional) Indicates that an exact match is required. All of the communities and only those extended communities specified must be present.
Command Default
No community list is matched by the route map.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match command in the route map is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.
Matching that is based on the extended community list number is one of the types of match commands applicable to BGP.
Examples
This example shows how to match two BGP extended community lists:
switch(config)# route-map test2
switch(config-route-map)# match extcommunity bgpLocal bgpRemote
This example shows that the routes that match the extended community list bgpLocal change from nontransitive to transitive:
switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list standard bgpLocal permit generic nontransitive 1.9
switch(config)# route-map deletCommunity
switch(config-route-map)# match extcommunity bgpLocal exact-match
switch(config-route-map)# set extcommunity generic transitive 1.9
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip extcommunity-list
Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
send-community
Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.
set extcommunity
Sets an extended community in a route map.
match interface
To match an interface in a route map, use the match interface command. To remove the match, use the no form of this command.
match interface { interface-type number [, interface-type number...] }
no match interface { interface-type number [, interface-type number...] }
Syntax Description
interface-type
Interface type. Use ? to see a list of supported interfaces.
number
(Optional) Interface number. Use ? to see the range.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Route next-hop addresses that are reached by one of the interfaces result in a match for the route map.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a list of interfaces:
switch(config)# route-map test1
switch(config-route-map)# match interface ethernet 2/1, ethernet 4/3
Related Commands
Command
Description
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
match ip address
To distribute any routes that have a destination IP network number address that is permitted by a standard access list, an expanded access list, or a prefix list, use the match ip address command. To remove the match ip address entry, use the no form of this command.
match ip address { prefix-list prefix-list-name [ prefix-list-name... ]}
no match ip address { prefix-list prefix-list-name [ prefix-list-name... ]}
Syntax Description
prefix-list prefix-list-name...
Distributes routes based on a prefix list. The prefix list name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.
Command Default
No prefix lists are specified.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the prefix-list-name argument.
Like matches in the same route map subblock are filtered with “or” semantics. If any one match clause is matched in the entire route map subblock, this match is treated as a successful match. Dissimilar match clauses are filtered with “and” semantics, so dissimilar matches are filtered logically. If the first set of conditions is not met, the second match clause is filtered. This process continues until a match occurs or there are no more match clauses.
Use route maps to redistribute routes.
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order, and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
When you are passing routes through a route map, a route map can have several sections that contain specific match clauses. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to match routes that have addresses specified by an access list test:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/10
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# exit
switch(config)# route-map chicago
switch(config-route-map)# match ip address test
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match interface
Distributes any routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set automatic-tag
Automatically computes the tag value.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match ip multicast
To configure the IPv4 multicast features for the route-map matching, use the match ip multicast command. To remove the match, use the no form of this command.
match ip multicast { group address / length | source address / length | rp address / length [ rp-type asm ]}
no match ip multicast
Syntax Description
group address / length
Specifies the group address and the length of the network mask in bits in this format: A. B. C. D / length. The network number can be any valid IP address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.
You can configure group, source, and rp options.
source address / length
Specifies the source address and the length of the network mask in bits in this format: A. B. C. D / length. The network number can be any valid IP address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.
You can configure group, source, and rp options.
rp address / length
S pecifies the IPv4 rendezvous prefix (RP) and the length of the IPv4 prefix mask in bits in this format: A. B. C. D / length. The network number can be any valid IPv4 address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.
You can configure group, source, and rp options.
rp-type
(Optional) Specifies the multicast rendezvous point type.
asm
(Optional) Specifies the any-source multicast (ASM) rendezvous point type.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The match ip multicast command is the only match command that is evaluated in the route map. You can specify the group prefix, group range, and source prefix to filter messages with the match ip multicast command.
Use the route-map command to enter route-map configuration mode. Once you enter the route-map command, the prompt changes to the following:
switch(config-route-map)#
Once you enter route-map configuration mode, you can enter the match ip multicast command.
You can configure both group and rp options.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the group IPv4 prefix and the length of the IPv4 prefix for the neighbors to match:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match ip multicast group 192.0.0.0/19
switch(config-route-map)#
This example shows how to specify both the group IPv4 prefix and the rendezvous point of the IPv4 prefix for the neighbors to match:
switch(config)# route-map raspberry
switch(config-route-map)# match ip multicast group 192.0.0.0/19 rp 209.165.201.0/27
switch(config-route-map)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match interface
Distributes any routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set automatic-tag
Automatically computes the tag value.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match ip next-hop prefix-list
To redistribute any IPv4 routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified, use the match ip next-hop prefix-list command. To remove the next hop entry, use the no form of this command.
match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix-list-name [...prefix-list-name ]
no match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix-list-name [...prefix-list-name ]
Syntax Description
prefix-list-name
Number or name of a prefix list. It can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.
Command Default
Routes are distributed freely, without being required to match a next hop address.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the prefix-list-name argument.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
When you are passing routes through a route map, a route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to distributes routes that have a next-hop router address passed by the prefix list test:
switch(config)# route-map blue
switch(config-route-map)#match ip next-hop prefix-list test
switch(config-route-map)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip address
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set automatic-tag
Automatically computes the tag value.
set communit
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match ip route-source prefix-list
To redistribute IPv4 routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists, use the match ip route-source prefix-list command. To remove the route-source entry, use the no form of this command.
match ip route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name [...prefix-list-name ]
no match ip route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name [...prefix-list-name ]
Syntax Description
prefix-list-name
Number or name of a prefix list. It can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.
Command Default
No filtering on route source.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the prefix-list-name argument.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order, and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify only some data, you must configure second route map section with an explicit match specified.
There are situations in which the next hop and source router address of the route are not the same.
Examples
This example shows how to distribute routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the addresses specified by access lists 5 and 80:
switch(config)# route-map blue
switch(config-route-map)# match ip route-source prefix-list 5 80
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip address
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set automatic-tag
Automatically computes the tag value.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match metric
To redistribute routes in the routing table that match the routing metric value, use the match metric command. To remove the tag entry, use the no form of this command.
no match metric metric-value [ +- deviation-number ] [... metric-value [ +- deviation-number ]]
Syntax Description
metric-value
Internal route metric. The range is from 1 to 4,294,967,295.
+ -
Specifies a standard deviation range of the metric. The router matches any metric that falls inclusively in that range.
deviation-number
(Optional) Standard deviation number that offsets the number configured for the metric-value argument. The deviation-number argument can be any number. There is no default.
Command Default
No match values are defined.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To redistribute routes with the specified metric, use the match metric command in route-map configuration mode. To remove the entry for the redistributed route from the routing table, use the no form of this command.
You can specify one or more metrics (or) range of metrics using the deviation-number argument. At least one of the specified metrics must match for the command to pass.
An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the arguments.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table with a metric of 5:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match metric 5
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match mac-list
To redistribute routes in the routing table that match a MAC address in the MAC list, use the match mac-list command. To remove the tag entry, use the no form of this command.
match mac-list listname
no match mac-list listname
Syntax Description
listname
MAC list name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
No match values are defined.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table that match entries in the Red MAC list:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match mac-list Red
switch(config-route-map)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match route-type
To redistribute routes of the specified type, use the match route-type command. To remove the route type entry, use the no form of this command.
match route-type { external | internal | local | nssa-external | type-1 | type-2 }
no match route-type { external | internal | local | nssa-external | type-1 | type-2 }
Syntax Description
external
Specifies the external route (Border Gateway Protocol [BGP], Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol [EIGRP], and Open Shortest Path First [OSPF] type 1/2). You can specify more than one keyword.
internal
Specifies the internal route (including the OSPF intra/inter area). You can specify more than one keyword.
local
Specifies the locally generated route. You can specify more than one keyword.
nssa-external
Specifies the nssa-external route (OSPF type 1/2). You can specify more than one keyword.
type-1
Specifies the OSPF external type 1 route. You can specify more than one keyword.
type-2
Specifies the OSPF external type 2 route. You can specify more than one keyword.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
You can specify more than one keyword.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute internal routes:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match route-type internal
This example shows how to redistribute internal routes and type-1 OSPF routes:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match route-type internal type-1
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match tag
To redistribute routes in the routing table that match the specified tags, use the match tag command. To remove the tag entry, use the no form of this command.
match tag tag-value [...tag-value ]
no match tag tag-value [...tag-value ]
Syntax Description
tag-value
List of one or more route tag values. Each can be an integer from 0 to 4,294,967,295. You can configure up to 32 tags.
Command Default
No match tag values are defined.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the tag-value argument.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table with tag 5:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match tag 5
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
match vlan
To filter routes with the specified VLAN, use the match vlan command. To remove the entry for the redistributed route from the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match vlan vlan-range
no match vlan vlan-range
Syntax Description
vlan-range
Range of VLAN that this command matches against. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Command Default
No match VLAN values are defined.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To filter routes with the specified VLAN, use the match vlan command You can specify one or more VLANs (or) range of VLANs. At least one of the specified VLANs must match for the command to pass. The command matches any VLAN that falls inclusive in the range.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
A route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute routes that match VLANs 5 to 10:
switch(config)# route-map blueberry
switch(config-route-map)# match vlan 5-10
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
max-metric router-lsa (OSPF)
To configure the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol to advertise a maximum metric so that other routers do not prefer the router as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations, use the max-metric router-lsa command. To disable the advertisement of a maximum metric, use the no form of this command.
no max-metric router-lsa [ on-startup [ seconds | wait-for bgp tag ]]
Syntax Description
on-startup
(Optional) Configures the router to advertise a maximum metric at startup.
seconds
(Optional) Maximum metric (in seconds) that is advertised for the specified time interval. The configurable range is from 5 to 86400 seconds. The default is 600 seconds.
wait-for bgp tag
(Optional) Advertises a maximum metric until Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing tables have converged or the default timer has expired. The default timer is 600 seconds. The tag name can be a maximum of 20 characters.
Command Default
Originates router link-state advertisements (LSAs) with normal link metrics.
Use the max-metric router-lsa command to originate LSAs with a maximum metric (LSInfinity: 0xFFFF) through all nonstub links. This command allows Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing tables to converge without attracting transit traffic (if there are not alternate lower cost paths to the router). The router advertises accurate (normal) metrics after the configured or default timers expire or after BGP sends a notification that routing tables have converged.
Note Directly connected links in a stub network are not affected by the configuration of a maximum or infinite metric because the cost of a stub link is always set to the output interface cost.
You can use the max-metric router-lsa command in the following situations:
Reloading a router. After a router is reloaded, Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) converge very quickly, and other routers may try to forward traffic through the newly reloaded router. If the router is still building BGP routing tables, the packets that are destined for other networks that the router has not learned through BGP may be dropped.
Introducing a router into a network without routing traffic through it. You might want to connect a router to an OSPF network but not want real traffic to flow through the router if there are better alternate paths. If no alternate paths exist, then this router would still accept transit traffic.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a router that is running OSPF to advertise a maximum metric for 100 seconds:
This example shows how to configure a router to advertise a maximum metric until BGP routing tables converge or until the default timer expires (600 seconds):
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
maxas-limit
To configure the external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) to discard routes that have a high number of autonomous system (AS) numbers in the AS-path attribute, use the maxas-limit command. To revert to the default, use the no form of this command.
maxas-limit [ number ]
no maxas-limit
Syntax Description
number
(Optional) Maximum number of AS numbers allowed in the AS-path attribute. The range is from 1 to 2000.
Command Default
No limit
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of AS numbers to 50:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# maxas-limit 50
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables the BGP feature.
router bgp
Creates a BGP instance.
maximum-paths (BGP)
To control the maximum number of parallel routes that the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) can support, use the maximum-paths command. To restore the default number of parallel routes, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths [ ibgp ] number-paths
no maximum-paths [ ibgp ] number-paths
Syntax Description
ibgp
(Optional) Configures the maximum interior BGP (iBGP) paths.
number-paths
Maximum number of parallel routes that an IP routing protocol installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16.
Command Default
8 paths
Command Modes
Router address family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to allow a maximum of 16 paths to a destination for a BGP routing process:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# maximum-paths 16
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables the BGP feature on the router.
router bgp
Enables BGP.
maximum-paths (EIGRP)
To control the maximum number of parallel routes that the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) can support, use the maximum-paths command. To remove the maximum-paths command from the configuration file and restore the default, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths maximum
no maximum- paths
Syntax Description
maximum
Maximum number of parallel routes that EIGRP can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16 routes.
Use the maximum-paths command to allow EIGRP to install multiple paths into the routing table for each prefix. Multiple paths are installed for both internal and external routes that are learned in the same autonomous system and that have an equal cost (according to the EIGRP best path algorithm).
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to allow a maximum of 10 paths to a destination:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# maximum-paths 10
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
maximum-paths (RIP)
To configure the maximum number of equal cost parallel routes that the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) can install into the routing table, use the maximum-paths command. To remove the maximum-paths command and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths maximum
no maximum-paths
Syntax Description
maximum
Maximum number of parallel routes that RIP can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16.
Command Default
8 paths
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to allow a maximum of 16 equal cost paths to a destination:
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
maximum-paths (OSPF)
To control the maximum number of parallel routes that Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) can support, use the maximum-paths command. To remove the maximum-paths command from the configuration file and restore the system to the default, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths maximum
no maximum- paths
Syntax Description
maximum
Maximum number of parallel routes that OSPF can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16 routes.
Use the maximum-paths command to allow OSPF to install multiple paths into the routing table for each prefix. Multiple paths are installed for both internal and external routes that are learned in the same autonomous system and that have an equal cost (according to the OSPF shortest path first algorithm).
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to allow a maximum of 10 paths to a destination:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# router ospf 1
switch(config-router)# maximum-paths 10
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
maximum-prefix
To control how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor, use the maximum-prefix command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Maximum number of prefixes allowed from the specified neighbor. The number of prefixes that can be configured is limited only by the available system resources on a router. Range: 1 to 300000.
threshold
(Optional) Specifies the percentage of the maximum-prefix limit at which the router starts to generate a warning message. Range: 1 to 100. Default: 75.
restart interval
(Optional) Specifies the time interval (in minutes) that a peering session is reestablished. Range: 1 to 65535.
warning-only
(Optional) Allows the router to generate a syslog message when the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded, instead of terminating the peering session.
Command Default
This command is disabled by default. Peering sessions are disabled when the maximum number of prefixes is exceeded. If you do not configure the restart interval, a disabled session stays down after the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded.
The number of prefixes that can be configured is limited only by the available system resources on a router.
The maximum-prefix command allows you to configure a maximum number of prefixes that a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process accepts from the specified peer. This feature provides a mechanism (in addition to distribute lists, filter lists, and route maps) to control prefixes received from a peer.
When the number of received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, BGP disables the peering session (by default). If you configure the restart interval, BGP automatically reestablishes the peering session at the configured time interval. If you do not configure the restart interval and a peering session is terminated because the maximum prefix limit has been exceed, the peering session is not reestablished until you enter the clear ip bgp command. If the warning-only keyword is configured, BGP sends only a log message and continues to peer with the sender.
There is no default limit on the number of prefixes that can be configured with this command. Limitations on the number of prefixes that can be configured are determined by the amount of available system resources.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.1.1 neighbor to 1000:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0
switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 1000
switch(config-router)#
This example shows how to set the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.2.2 neighbor to 5000. The router is also configured to display warning messages when 50 percent of the maximum-prefix limit (2500 prefixes) has been reached.
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0
switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 5000 50
switch(config-router)#
This example shows how to set the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.3.3 neighbor to 2000. The router is also configured to reestablish a disabled peering session after 30 minutes.
To enable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a virtual link, use the message-digest-key command. To remove an old MD5 key, use the no form of this command.
message-digest-key key-id md5 [ 0 | 3 ] key
no message-digest-key key-id
Syntax Description
key-id
Identifier in the range from 1 to 255.
0
(Optional) Specifies to use an unencrypted password to generate the md5 key.
3
(Optional) Specifies to use an encrypted 3DES password to generate the md5 key.
key
Alphanumeric password of up to 16 bytes.
Command Default
Unencrypted
Command Modes
Virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you configure the MD5 digest authentication mode, make sure that both interfaces on the virtual link have the same key value.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set key 19 with the password 8ry4222:
switch(config-router)# area 22virtual-link 192.0.2.2
Configures the authentication mode on a virtual link.
metric maximum-hops
To advertise that those Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) routes with a higher hop count than you specified are unreachable, use the metric maximum-hops command. To reset the value to the default, use the no form of this command.
metric maximum-hops hops-number
no metric maximum-hops
Syntax Description
hops-number
Maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 255 hops.
Use the metric maximum-hops command to provide a safety mechanism that causes EIGRP to advertise routes with a hop count greater than the value assigned to the hops-number argument as unreachable.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a hop count to 200:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast
switch(config-router-af)# metric maximum-hops 200
switch(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
metric weights
Tunes the EIGRP metric calculations.
metric weights
To tune the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) metric calculations, use the metric weights command. To reset the values to their defaults, use the no form of this command.
metric weights tos k1 k2 k3 k4 k5
no metric weights
Syntax Description
tos
Type of service (ToS). The range is from 0 to 8.
k1 k2 k3 k4 k5
Constants that convert an EIGRP metric vector into a scalar quantity. The arguments are as follows:
Use the metric weights command to alter the default behavior of EIGRP routing and metric computation and allow the tuning of the EIGRP metric calculation for a particular type of service (ToS).
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the metric weights to change the default values:
Sets the EIGRP bandwidth metric in interface configuration mode.
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
delay
Sets the EIGRP delay metric in interface configuration mode.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
neighbor
To configure a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor (router or VRF) and enter the neighbor configuration mode, use the neighbor command. To remove an entry, use the no form of this command.
no neighbor { ip-addr | ip-prefix / length } [ remote-as { as-num [. as-num ] | route-map name }]
Syntax Description
ip-addr
IP address of the neighbor in this format: A.B.C.D.
ip-prefix / length
IP prefix and the length of the IP prefix. The format is x.x.x.x/ length. The length range is from 1 to 32.
remote-as
(Optional) Specifies the autonomous system (AS) number of the neighbor.
as-num
Number of an AS that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along. The range is from 1 to 65535.
. as-num
(Optional) Number of an AS that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along. The range is from 1 to 65535.
route-map name
(Optional) Specifies a route map that matches the BGP peer AS number against a list of AS numbers or a regular expression. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
From the BGP neighbor configuration mode, you can perform the following actions:
address-family —Configures an address-family (router, neighbor, VRF). See the address-family (BGP) command for information.
description description — Describes the neighbor. You can enter up to 80 characters including spaces.
disable-connected-check —Disables the connection verification for the directly connected peer. Use the disable-connected-check command to disable a check for an exterior Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer that is directly connected to the local router. BGP triggers a connection check automatically for all eBGP peers that are known to be a single hop away, unless you disable this check with the disable-connected-check command. BGP does not bring up sessions if the check fails. BGP considers an EBGP peer as a single hop away if the eBGP peer does does not have the ebgp-multihop command configured (that is, the time-to-live (TTL) value is one).
This command is ignored if the route-map keyword is used in the neighbor command.
dont-capability-negotiate —Turns off the negotiate capability with this neighbor.
dynamic-capability —Enables the dynamic capability.
ebgp-multihop —Accepts and attempts BGP connections to external peers that reside on networks that are not directly connected. This command is ignored if the route-map keyword is used in the neighbor command.
Note You should enter this command under the guidance of Cisco technical support staff only.
exit —Exits from the current command mode.
inherit peer-session session-name —Configures a peer to inherit the configuration from another peer-session template. To remove an inherit statement from a peer-session template, use the no form of this command.
no —Negates a command or sets its defaults.
transport connection-mode passive —Allows a passive connection setup only. To remove the restriction, use the no form of this command.
remove-private-as —Removes the private AS number from the outbound updates.
shutdown —Administratively shuts down this neighbor.
timers keepalive-time —Configures keepalive and hold timers in seconds. The range is from 0 to 3600. The default is 60.
update-source { ethernet mod / port | loopback virtual-interface | port-channel number [. sub-interface ]} —Specifies the source of the BGP session and updates. The range for virtual-interface is from 0 to 1023. The range for number is from 0 to 4096. The range for sub-interface is from 1 to 4093.
The Cisco NX-OS software allows BGP sessions to use any operational interface for TCP connections when you enter the update-source command in neighbor configuration mode. To restore the interface assignment to the closest interface, which is called the best local address, use the no form of this command.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a single-hop eBGP peering session between two BGP peers that are reachable on the same network segment through a local loopback interfaces on each router:
BGP Peer 1
switch(config)# interface loopback 1
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.100 255.255.255
This example shows how to source BGP TCP connections for the specified neighbor with the IP address of the loopback interface rather than the best local address:
The IP prefix to advertise is considered as a best path and advertisement to peers only if a route of equal or more specificity is present in the routing table.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an IP prefix to advertise:
switch(config-router-af)# network 2.2.2.2 mask 3.3.3.3 route-map test
switch(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip prefix-list
Displays information about IP prefix lists.
nexthop route-map
To specify that Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes are resolved using only the next hops that have routes that match specific characteristics, use the nexthop route-map command. To remove the route map, use the no form of this command.
nexthop route-map name
no nexthop route-map name
Syntax Description
name
Route map name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the nexthop route-map command to configure route policy filtering for next hops.
BGP next-hop filtering allows you to specify that when a next-hop address is checked with the Routing Information Base (RIB), the underlying route for that next-hop address is passed through the route map. If the route map rejects the route, the next-hop address is treated as unreachable.
BGP marks all next hops that are rejected by the route policy as invalid and does not calculate the best path for the routes that use the invalid next-hop address.
This command requires an LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a route map to filter the next-hop address:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)#route-map CHECK-BGP25 deny 10
switch(config-route-map)# match ip address prefix-list FILTER25
switch(config-route-map)# match source-protocol ospf-o1
switch(config-route-map)# exit
switch(config)#ip prefix-list FILTER25 seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 25
Configures the delay timers for BGP next-hop address tracking.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
next-hop-self
To set the IP address of the router as the next hop address, use the next-hop-self command. To revert to the default configuration, use the no form of this command.
next-hop-self
no next-hop-self
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires a LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the IP address of a router as the next-hop address:
Enters the BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode.
feature bgp
Enables BGP.
show ip bgp
Displays BGP configuration information.
nexthop trigger-delay
To specify a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) delay for triggering next-hop calculations, use the nexthop trigger-delay command. To set the trigger delay to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Use the nexthop trigger-delay command to modify when BGP processes next-hop address tracking events.
The non-critical delay value must always be set to a value that is at least equal or greater to the critical delay value.
The delay should be slightly higher than the time it takes for the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) to settle into a steady state after some event (IGP convergence time).
This command requires a LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to modify the next-hop address tracking delay:
Configures a route map for BGP next-hop address tracking.
no switchport
To configure the interface as a Layer 3 Ethernet interface, use the no switchport command.
no switchport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure any Ethernet port as a routed interface. When you configure an interface as a Layer 3 interface, any configuration specific to Layer 2 on this interface is deleted.
If you want to configure a Layer 3 interface for Layer 2, enter the switchport command. Then, if you change a Layer 2 interface to a routed interface, enter the no switchport command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable an interface as a Layer 3 routed interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)#
This example shows how to configure a Layer 3 interface as a Layer 2 interface:
switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5
switch(config-if)# switchport
switch(config-if)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the running configuration to the startup configuration file.
ip address
Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
show interfaces
Displays interface information.
object
To specify an object for a tracked list, use the object command. To remove the object from the tracked list, use the no form of this command.
object object-number [ not ] [ weight weight-number ]
no object object-number
Syntax Description
not
(Optional) Negates the state of an object.
Note You cannot use the not keyword in a weight or percentage threshold list. You can use this keyword only in a Boolean list.
weight weight-number
(Optional) Specifies a threshold weight for each object.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Tracking configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure an object track list that contains multiple tracked objects. A tracked list contains one or more objects.
The Boolean expression enables two types of calculation by using either "and" or "or" operators.
You can also configure an object track list that contains a percentage threshold.The percentage of up objects must exceed the configured track list up percent threshold before the track list is in an up state. For example, if the tracked list has three objects, and you configure an up threshold of 60 percent, two of the objects must be in the up state (66 percent of all objects) for the track list to be in the up state.
You can also configure an object track list that contains a weight threshold. A tracked list contains one or more objects. The combined weight of up objects must exceed the configured track list up weight threshold before the track list is in an up state. For example, if the tracked list has three objects with the default weight of 10 each, and you configure an up threshold of 15, two of the objects must be in the up state (combined weight of 20) for the track list to be in the up state.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a track list with an up weight threshold of 30 and a down threshold of 10:
switch(config)# track 1 list threshold weight
switch(config-track)# threshold weight up 30 down 10
switch(config-track)# object 10 weight 15
switch(config-track)# object 20 weight 15
switch(config-track)# object 30
Related Commands
Command
Description
track list
Configures a track list for object tracking.
password (BGP)
To configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) to use MD5 authentication, use the password command. To disable this function, use the no from of this command.
password [ auth-key string | string ]
no password [ auth-key string | string ]
Syntax Description
auth-key
(Optional) MD5 authentication key. You can enter an unencrypted (cleartext) key, or one of these values followed by a space and the MD5 authentication key:
0—Specifies an unencrypted (cleartext) key
3—Specifies a 3-DES encrypted key
7—Specifies a Cisco Type 7 encrypted key
The key can be from 1 to 16 characters.
string
Neighbor password.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
BGP neighbor configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable an unencrypted key for a BGP neighbor:
switch(config-route-neighbor)# no password 0 myauthkey
switch(config-route-neighbor)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip bgp
Displays information about BGP routes.
platform ip verify
To configure IP packet verification, use the platform ip verify command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
platform ip verify { checksum | fragment | tcp tiny-frag | version }
no platform ip verify { checksum | fragment }
Syntax Description
checksum
Drops IPv4 packets if the checksum is invalid.
fragment
Drops IPv4 packets if the packet fragment has a nonzero offset and the Don't Fragment (DF) bit is active.
tcp tiny-frag
Drops IPv4 packets if the IP fragment offset is 1 or if the IP fragment offset is 0 and the IP payload length is less than 16.
version
Drops IPv4 packets if the EtherType is not set to 4 (IPv4).
Command Default
All address tests are enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure packet verification tests on IPv4 packets based on checksum or fragments.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to drop fragmented IPv4 packets:
switch(config)# platform ip verify fragment
Related Commands
Command
Description
platform ip verify address
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on addresses.
platform ip verify length
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on length.
show hardware forwarding ip verify
Displays information about IP packet verification checks.
platform ip verify address
To perform packet verification on IP addresses, use the platform ip verify address command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
platform ip verify address { destination zero | identical | reserved | source { broadcast | multicast }}
no platform ip verify address { destination zero | identical | reserved | source { broadcast | multicast }}
Syntax Description
destination zero
Drops IP packets if the destination IPv4 address is 0.0.0.0.
identical
Drops IP packets if the source IPv4 address is identical to the destination IPv4 address.
reserved
Drops IP packets if the IPv4 address is in the 127.x.x.x range.
source
Drops IP packets based on the IP source address.
broadcast
Drops IP packets if the IP source address is 255.255.255.255.
multicast
Drops IP packets if the IPv4 source address is in the 224.x.x.x range.
Command Default
All address tests are enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the platform ip verify address command to configure packet verification tests on IPv4 packets based on addresses.
Examples
This example shows how to drop broadcast IPv4 packets:
switch(config)# platform ip verify address source broadcast
Related Commands
Command
Description
platform ip verify
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on checksum or fragments.
platform ip verify length
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on length.
show hardware forwarding ip verify
Displays information about IP packet verification checks.
platform ip verify length
To configure IPv4 packet verification based on packet length, use the platform ip verify length command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
platform ip verify length { consistent | maximum { max-frag | max-tcp | udp } | minimum }
no platform ip verify length { consistent | maximum { max-frag | max-tcp | udp } | minimum }
Syntax Description
consistent
Drops IPv4 packets where the Ethernet frame size is greater than or equal to the IP packet length plus the Ethernet header.
maximum
Specifies maximum IP packets.
max-frag
Specifies the IP packets if the maximum fragment offset is greater than 65536.
max-tcp
Specifies the IP packets if the TCP length is greater than the IP payload length.
udp
Specifies the IP packets if the IP payload length is less than the UDP packet length.
minimum
Specifies the IP packets if the Ethernet frame length is less than the IP packet length plus four octets (the CRC length).
Command Default
All address tests are enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to drop minimum-length IPv4 packets:
switch(config)# platform ip verify length minimum
Related Commands
Command
Description
platform ip verify
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on checksum or fragments.
platform ip verify address
Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on addresses.
show hardware forwarding ip verify
Displays information about IP packet verification checks.
preempt (HSRP)
To configure a preemption delay, use the preempt command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
(Optional) Specifies the minimum number of seconds that preemption is delayed to allow routing tables to be updated before a router becomes active. The default value is 0.
reload rel-delay
(Optional) Specifies the time delay after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The default value is 0.
sync sync-delay
(Optional) Specifies the maximum number of seconds to allow IP redundancy clients to prevent preemption. When this period expires, preemption occurs regardless of the state of the IP redundancy clients. The default value is 0.
Command Default
The default delay time for all options is 0 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration or HSRP template mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specifying a minimum delay allows routing tables to be updated before a router becomes active. When a router first comes up, it does not have a complete routing table. A high-priority router will only delay preemption if it first receives a hello packet from a low-priority active router. If the high-priority router does not receive a hello packet from the low-priority active router when it is starting up, it assumes there is no active router for the group and becomes active as soon as possible.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a delay when a router becomes active when its priority is 110:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 4
switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 110
switch(config-if-hsrp)# preempt
switch(config-if-hsrp)# authentication text sanjose
switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.0.0.3
switch(config-if-hsrp)# end
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables the HSRP configuration.
show hsrp
Displays HSRP information.
preempt (VRRP)
To enable a high-priority backup virtual router to preempt the low-priority master virtual router, use the preempt command. To disable a high-priority backup virtual router from preempting the low-priority master virtual router, use the no form of this command.
preempt
no preempt
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VRRP enables you to preempt a virtual router backup that has taken over for a failing virtual router master with a high-priority virtual router backup that has become available.
By default, a preemptive scheme is enabled. A backup high-priority virtual router that becomes available takes over for the backup virtual router that was elected to become the virtual router master. If you disable preemption, the backup virtual router that is elected to become the virtual router master remains the master until the original virtual router master recovers and becomes the master again.
Note This preemption does not apply to the primary IP address.
If the virtual IP address is also the IP address for the interface, then preemption is applied.
This command does not require a license.
Note Make sure the LAN Base Services license is installed on the switch to enable Layer 3 interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the backup high-priority virtual router to preempt the low-priority master virtual router:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# vrrp 250
switch(config-if-vrrp)# preempt
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
priority (HSRP)
To set the priority level within a Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) group, use the priority command. To remove the priority level, use the no form of this command.
no priority level [ forwarding-threshold lower lower-value upper upper-value ]
Syntax Description
level
Interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 1 to 255. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, then the value is automatically set to 255. The default is 100.
forwarding-threshold
(Optional) Sets the threshold used by a virtual port channel (vPC) to determine when to fail over to the vPC trunk.
lower lower-value
(Optional) Sets the low threshold value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1.
upper upper-value
(Optional) Sets the upper threshold value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255.
Command Default
level : 100 lower-value : 1 upper-value : 255
Command Modes
HSRP configuration or HSRP template mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the priority command to control which virtual router becomes the active router. HSRP compares the priorities of all virtual routers in the HSRP group and selects the router with the numerically highest priority. If two virtual routers have equal priority, HSRP selects the router with the highest IP address.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a virtual router with a priority of 254:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1
switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0
switch(config-if)# hsrp 4
switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 254
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature hsrp
Enables the HSRP configuration.
show hsrp
Displays HSRP information.
priority (VRRP)
To set the priority for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use the priority command. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command.
no priority level [ forwarding-threshold lower lower-value upper upper-value ]
Syntax Description
level
Interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 1 to 254. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, then the value is automatically set to 254. The default is 100.
forwarding-threshold
(Optional) Sets the threshold used by a virtual port channel (vPC) to determine when to fail over to the vPC trunk.
lower lower-value
(Optional) Sets the low threshold value. The range is from 1 to 254. The default is 1.
upper upper-value
(Optional) Sets the upper threshold value. The range is from 1 to 254. The default is 254.
Command Default
The default value is 100. For switches whose interface IP address is the same as the primary virtual IP address, the default value is 254.
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The priority determines whether or not a VRRP router functions as a virtual router backup, the order of ascendancy for the VRRP router to become a virtual router master if the virtual router master fails, the role that each VRRP router plays, and what happens if the virtual router master fails.
If a VRRP router owns the IP address of the virtual router and the IP address of the physical interface, then this router functions as a virtual router master.
By default, a preemptive scheme is enabled. A backup high-priority virtual router that becomes available takes over for the backup virtual router that was elected to become the virtual router master. If you disable preemption, then the backup virtual router that is elected to become the virtual router master remains the master until the original virtual router master recovers and becomes the master again.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the priority for a virtual router:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# vrrp 250
switch(config-if-vrrp)# priority 2
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature vrrp
Enables VRRP.
preempt
Enables preemption on the virtual router.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
shutdown (VRRP)
Disables the VRRP configuration.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
protocol shutdown (OSPF)
To shut down an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) instance, use the protocol shutdown command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
protocol shutdown
no protocol shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The OSPF instance is enabled by default when configured.
Use the protocol shutdown command to disable an instance of OSPF without removing the configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable OSPF 209:
switch(config) router ospf 209
switch(config-router)# protocolshutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.
redistribute (BGP)
To inject routes from one routing domain into the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the redistribute command. To remove the redistribute command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not redistribute routes, use the no form of this command.
no redistribute {{ direct | eigrp instance-tag | ospf instance-tag | rip instance-tag | static } [ route-map map-name ]
Syntax Description
direct
Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.
eigrp instance-tag
Specifies the name of an EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
ospf instance-tag
Distributes routes from the OSPF protocol. This protocol is supported in the IPv4 address family. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
rip instance-tag
Distributes routes from the RIP protocol. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
static
Redistributes IP static routes.
route-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the identifier of a configured route map. Use a route map to filter which routes are redistributed into EIGRP.
Use the redistribute command to import routes from other routing protocols into BGP. You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that BGP redistributes only the routes that you intend to redistribute.
You must configure a default metric to redistribute routes from another protocol into BGP. You can configure the default metric with the default-metric command or with the route map configured with the redistribute command.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into an EIGRP autonomous system:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast
switch(config-router-af)# redistribute eigrp 100
Related Commands
Command
Description
default-metric (BGP)
Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into BGP.
redistribute (EIGRP)
To inject routes from one routing domain into the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the redistribute command. To remove the redistribute command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not redistribute routes, use the no form of this command.
no redistribute { bgp as-number | direct | eigrp as-number | ospf instance-tag | rip instance-tag | static }
Syntax Description
bgp as-number
Distributes routes from Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). The as-number is a 2-byte or 4-byte autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.
direct
Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.
eigrp id
Specifies the name of an EIGRP instance. The id can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
ospf instance-tag
Distributes routes from the OSPF protocol. This protocol is supported in the IPv4 address family. The instance-tag can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
rip instance-tag
Distributes routes from the RIP protocol. The instance-tag can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
static
Redistributes IP static routes.
route-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the identifier of a configured route map. Use a route map to filter which routes are redistributed into EIGRP.
Use the redistribute command to import routes from other routing protocols into EIGRP. You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that EIGRP redistributes only the routes that you intend to redistribute.
You must configure a default metric to redistribute routes from another protocol into EIGRP. You can configure the default metric with the default-metric command or with the route map configured with the redistribute command.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute cause BGP routes into an EIGRP autonomous system:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast
switch(config-router-af)# redistribute bgp 64496
switch(config-router-af)
Related Commands
Command
Description
default-metric (EIGRP)
Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into EIGRP.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
redistribute (OSPF)
To inject routes from one routing domain into Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the redistribute command. To remove the redistribute command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not redistribute routes, use the no form of this command.
no redistribute { bgp as-number | direct | eigrp as-number | ospf instance-tag | rip instance-tag | static }
Syntax Description
bgp as-number
(Optional) Distributes routes from Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). The as-number is a 2-byte or 4-byte autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1 to 4294967295.
direct
Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.
eigrp id
Distributes routes from EIGRP. The id argument can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.
ospf instance-tag
Distributes routes from the OSPF protocol. This protocol is supported in the IPv4 address family. The instance-tag argument can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.
rip instance-tag
Distributes routes from the RIP protocol. The instance-tag can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
static
Redistributes IP static routes, including the default static route.
route-map map-name
(Optional) Specifies the identifier of a configured route map. Use a route map to filter which routes are redistributed into EIGRP. The map-name argument can be a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.
Use the redistribute command to import routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that OSPF redistributes only the routes that you intend.
You must configure a default metric to redistribute routes from another protocol into OSPF. You can configure the default metric with the default-metric command or with the route map configured with the redistribute command.
Note If you redistribute static routes, Cisco NX-OS also redistributes the default static route.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into an OSPF autonomous system:
switch(config)# router ospf 209
switch(config-router)# redistribute bgp 64496
witch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
default-metric (OSPF)
Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into OSPF.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
redistribute (RIP)
To redistribute routes from another routing domain into the Routing Information Protocol (RIP), use the redistribute command. To restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not redistribute routes, use the no form of this command.
redistribute { bgp id | direct | eigrp id | ospf id | static } route-map map-name
Syntax Description
bgp
Redistributes routes from the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
direct
Redistributes routes from directly connected routes only.
eigrp
Redistributes routes from the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).
ospf
Redistributes routes from the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.
static
Redistributes routes from IP static routes.
id
For the bgp keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.
For the eigrp keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.
For the ospf keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. A decimal number can be entered, but it is stored internally as a string.
route-map map-name
Associates a route map to set the redistribution policy for RIP.
Command Default
Route redistribution is disabled.
Command Modes
Router address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Cisco NX-OS filters redistributed routing information using a route map. You can configure the route map to set the RIP metric used for redistributed routes. If you do not set the RIP metric with a route map, Cisco NX-OS determines the metric based on the redistributed protocol or by the default-metric command. If Cisco NX-OS cannot determine a valid metric, then it does not redistribute the routes.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into a RIP process:
Generates a default route for routes redistributed into RIP.
default-metric
Sets default metric values for routes redistributed from other protocols into RIP.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
redistribute maximum-prefix (EIGRP)
To limit the number of routes redistributed into Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the redistribute maximum-prefix command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
no redistribute maximum-prefix max [ threshold ] [ warning-only | withdraw [ num-retries timeout ]
Syntax Description
max
Maximum number of prefixes that EIGRP will distribute. The range is from 0 to 65536.
threshold
(Optional) Percentage of maximum prefixes that triggers a warning message. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 75 percent.
warning-only
(Optional) Logs a warning message when the maximum number of prefixes is exceeded.
widthdraw
(Optional) Withdraws all redistributed routes.
num-retries
(Optional) Number of times EIGRP tries to retrieve the redistributed routes. The range is from 1 to 12. The default is 1.
timeout
(Optional) Time between retry attempts. The range is from 60 to 600 seconds. The default is 300.
Command Default
No limit
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the redistribute maximim-prefix command to limit the number of routes redistributed into EIGRP. Use the clear ip eigrp redistribute command if all routes are withdrawn.
Examples
This example shows how to limit the number of redistributed routes into EIGRP:
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
feature eigrp
Enables the EIGRP feature.
redistribute (EIGRP)
Configures route redistribution for EIGRP.
show running-config eigrp
Displays the EIGRP running configuration.
redistribute maximum-prefix (OSPF)
To limit the number of routes redistributed into Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the redistribute maximum-prefix command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
show running-config ospf
Displays the OSPF running configuration.
remote-as
To specify the autonomous system (AS) number for a neighbor, use the remote-as command. To remove an AS number, use the no form of this command.
remote-as number
no remote-as number
Syntax Description
number
AS number. The format is x for a two-byte value or x.x for a four-byte value. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the neighbor AS number:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.100
switch(config-router-neighbor)# remote-as 64497
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature bgp
Enables BGP on the router.
neighbor
Configures BGP peers.
restart (BGP)
To restart a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) autonomous system and remove all associated neighbors, use the restart command.
restart bgp as-num [. as-num ]
Syntax Description
as-num
Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 1 to 65535.
. as-num
(Optional) Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 0 to 65535.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
EXEC mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the BGP autonomous system:
switch# restart bgp 64496
switch#
Related Commands
Command
Description
router bgp
Configures a BGP process.
restart (EIGRP)
To restart an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) instance and remove all associated neighbors, use the restart command.
restart eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name for an EIGRP routing instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the OSPFv2 instance and remove all neighbors:
switch(config)# restart eigrp Test1
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
restart (OSPF)
To restart an Open Shortest Path First version 2 (OSPFv2) instance and remove all associated neighbors, use the restart command.
restart ospf instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Internally used identification parameter for an OSPF routing instance. It is locally assigned and can be any word or positive integer. The instance-tag argument can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the OSPFv2 instance and remove all neighbors:
switch(config)# restart ospf 12
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
restart (RIP)
To restart a Routing Information Protocol (RIP) instance and remove all associated neighbors, use the restart command.
restart eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name for an RIP routing instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the RIP instance and remove all neighbors:
switch(config)# restart rip Enterprise
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
retransmit-interval (OSPF virtual link)
To specify the time between link-state advertisement (LSA) retransmissions for adjacencies that belong to the virtual link, use the retransmit-interval command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
retransmit-interval seconds
retransmit-interval
Syntax Description
seconds
Time (in seconds) between retransmissions. The time must be greater than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Command Default
5 seconds
Command Modes
Virtual link configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the LSA retransmission time. If a router receives no acknowledgment that an LSA was received, the router resends the LSA at the retransmission interval.
You should set this value larger for virtual links.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the retransmit interval value to 8 seconds:
switch(config)# router ospf 109
switch(config-router)# area 33 virtual-link 192.0.2.2
switch(config-router-vrf)# retransmit-interval 8
Related Commands
Command
Description
area virtual-link
Creates a virtual link in an OSPF area.
rfc1583compatibility
To configure RFC 1583 compatibility as the method used to calculate summary route costs, use the rfc1583compatibility command. To disable RFC 1583 compatibility, use the no form of this command.
rfc1583compatibility
no rfc1583compatibility
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
RFC 1583 compatibility is disabled.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To minimize the chance of routing loops, all Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routers in an OSPF routing domain should have RFC compatibility set identically.
Because of the introduction of RFC 2328, OSPF Version 2, the method used to calculate summary route costs has changed. Use the no rfc1583compatibility command to enable the calculation method used per RFC 2328.
Examples
This example specifies that the router process is compatible with RFC 1583:
switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
switch(config)# router ospf 2
switch(config-router)# rfc1583compatibility
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.
route-map
To create a route map, enter the route-map configuration mode, or define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another, use the route-map command. To delete an entry, use the no form of this command.
(Optional) Specifies that the route or packet is not distributed if the match criteria are met for the route map.
permit
(Optional) Specifies that the route or packet is distributed if the match criteria for this route are met.
sequence-number
(Optional) Number that indicates the position a new route map has in the list of route maps already configured with the same name. The no form of this command deletes the position of the route map. Range: 0 to 65535.
Command Default
The permit keyword is the default.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you make changes to a route map that is used by a client, you must exit the route-map configuration submode before the changes take effect in the client. The route-map changes are not propagated to its clients until you exit from the route-map configuration submode or 60 seconds expire since entering the submode.
Once you enter the route-map configuration mode, the following keywords are available:
continue sequence-number —Continues on a different entry within the route-map. Range: 0 to 65535
description description —Provides a description of the route map. The description can be any alphanumeric string up to 90 characters.
exit —Exits from the current command mode.
match —Matches the values from the specified routing table. The following keywords and arguments are available:
– as-path name [ name ] —Specifies the autonomous system (AS) path access list to match. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. See the match as-path command for additional information.
– community name [ name | exact-match ]— Specifies the BGP community list name to match. See the match community command for additional information.
– ip —Configures the IPv4 features. The follow keywords and arguments are available:
address { access-list-name [ access-list-name ] | prefix-list ipv4-list-name [ ipv4-list-name ]}— Specifies the address of the route or packet to match. See the match ip address command for additional information.
multicast { group address/length | rp address/length }—Specifies the multicast attributes to match. See the match ip multicast command for additional information.
next-hop —Matches the next-hop address of the route. See the match ip next-hop command for additional information.
route-source —Matches the advertising source address of the route. See the match ip route-source command for additional information.
no —Negates a command or set its defaults.
set —Sets the values in the destination routing protocol. The set commands specify the routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. You might want to policy route packets some way other than the obvious shortest path. The following keywords and arguments are available:
– as-path —Prepends a string for a BGP AS-path attribute. See the set as-path command for additional information.
– comm-list —Sets the BGP community list (for deletion). See the set comm-list command for additional information.
– community —Sets the BGP community attribute. See the set community command for additional information.
– dampening —Sets the BGP route flap dampening parameters. See the set dampening command for additional information.
– forwarding-address —Sets the forwarding address. See the set forwarding-address command for additional information.
– level —Specifies where to import the route. See the set level command for additional information.
– local-preference —Specifies the BGP local preference path attribute. See the set local-preference command for additional information.
– metric —Sets the metric for the destination routing protocol. See the set metric command for additional information.
– metric-type —Sets the type of metric for the destination routing protocol. See the set metric-type command for additional information.
– origin —Specifies the BGP origin code. See the set origin command for additional information.
– tag —Specifies the tag value for the destination routing protocol. See the set tag command for additional information.
– weight —Sets the BGP weight for the routing table. See the set weight command for additional information.
Use route maps to redistribute routes.
Redistribution
The redistribute router configuration command uses the map-tag name to reference the route map. Multiple route maps may share the same map tag name.
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The match route-map configuration command has multiple formats. The match commands can be given in any order, and all match commands must pass to cause the route to be redistributed according to the set actions given with the set commands. The no forms of the match commands remove the specified match criteria.
Use route maps when you want detailed control over how routes are redistributed between routing processes. The destination routing protocol is the one you specify with the router global configuration command. The source routing protocol is the one you specify with the redistribute router configuration command. See the “Examples” section for an illustration of how route maps are configured.
When you are passing routes through a route map, a route map can have several parts. Any route that does not match at least one match clause that relates to a route-map command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.
Examples
This example shows how to redistribute Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes with a hop count equal to 1 into Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). These routes are redistributed into OSPF as external link-state advertisements (LSAs) with a metric type of Type 1, and a tag equal to 1.
This example shows how to set the autonomous system path to match BGP autonomous system path access list 20:
switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 20
This example shows how to configure that the routes matching community list 1 have the weight set to 100. Any route that has community 109 has the weight set to 100.
switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 109
switch(config)# route-map set_weight
switch(config-route-map)# match community 1
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 100
This example shows how to configure that the routes matching community list 1 have the weight set to 200. Any route that has community 109 alone has the weight set to 200.
switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 109
switch(config)# route-map set_weight
switch(config-route-map)# match community 1 exact
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200
This example shows how to configure that the routes match community list LIST_NAME have the weight set to 100. Any route that has community 101 alone has the weight set to 100.
switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 101
switch(config)# route-map set_weight
switch(config-route-map)# match community LIST_NAME
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 100
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
route-reflector-client (BGP)
To configure the router as a BGP route reflector and configure the specified neighbor as its client, use the route-reflector-client command. To indicate that the neighbor is not a client, use the no form of this command.
route-reflector-client
no route-reflector-client
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
There is no route reflector in the autonomous system.
Command Modes
BGP Neighbor address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-reflector-client command to configure the local router as the route reflector and the specified neighbor as one of its clients. All the neighbors configured with this command will be members of the client group and the remaining BGP peers will be members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the local router as a route reflector to the neighbor at 192.168.0.1:
Enters the router in address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
neighbor
Configures a BGP neighbor.
show ip bgp
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
router bgp
To assign an autonomous system (AS) number to a router and enter the router BGP configuration mode, use the router bgp command. To remove an AS number assignment, use the no form of this command.
router bgp as-num [. as-num ]
no router bgp as-num [. as-num ]
Syntax Description
as-num
Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 1 to 65535.
. as-num
(Optional) Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 0 to 65535.
The as-num is the number for the local BGP speaker and allows you to create a unique identifier for the BGP process on the router.
Once you enter the router BGP configuration mode, the following parameters are available:
address-family —Configures an address-family (router, neighbor, VRF). See the address-family (BGP) command for information.
bestpath —Changes the default best path selection algorithm. See the bestpath command for information.
cluster-id { cluster-id | cluster-ip-addr } —Configures the Route Reflector Cluster-ID (router, VRF). Range: 1 to 4294967295. You can enter the cluster identification as a 32-bit quantity or as an IP address. To remove the cluster ID, use the no form of this command.
confederation { identifier as-num [. as-num ] | peer as-num [. as-num ]} —Configures the AS confederation parameters as the routing domain confederation AS or the peer AS in the BGP confederation. To remove the confederation identifier, use the no form of this command.
The confederation command is used to configure a single autonomous system number to identify a group of smaller autonomous systems as a single confederation.You can use a confederation to divide a large single autonomous system into multiple subautonomous systems and then group them into a single confederation. The subautonomous systems within the confederation exchange routing information. External peers interact with the confederation as if it were a single autonomous system.
Each subautonomous system is fully meshed within itself and has a few connections to other autonomous systems within the confederation. Next hop, Multi Exit Discriminator (MED), and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation, allowing you to retain a single Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for all the autonomous systems.
enforce-first-as —Forces BGP to compare an external peer’s configured AS number with the first AS in the AS-PATH of the routes received from the peer. In case of a mismatch of AS numbers, the peer is sent an error code update notification message. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
exit —Exits from the current command mode.
fast-external-fallover —Configures a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process to immediately reset external BGP peering sessions if the link used to reach these peers goes down. To disable BGP fast external fallover, use the no form of this command.
The fast-external-fallover command is used to disable or enable fast external fallover for BGP peering sessions with directly connected external peers. The session is immediately reset if the link goes down. Only directly connected peering sessions are supported.
If BGP fast external fallover is disabled, the BGP routing process waits until the default hold timer expires (three keepalives) to reset the peering session.
log-neighbor-changes —Enables logging of the BGP neighbor resets. To disable the logging of changes in BGP neighbor adjacencies, use the no form of this command. The log-neighbor-changes command enables logging of BGP neighbor status changes (up or down) and resets for troubleshooting network connectivity problems and measuring network stability. Unexpected neighbor resets might indicate high error rates or high packet loss in the network and should be investigated.
Using the log-neighbor-changes command to enable status change message logging does not cause a substantial performance impact, unlike, for example, enabling per BGP update debugging. If the UNIX syslog facility is enabled, messages are sent to the UNIX host that is running the syslog daemon so that the messages can be stored and archived. If the UNIX syslog facility is not enabled, the status change messages are retained in the internal buffer of the router and are not stored to the disk. You can set the size of this buffer, which is dependent upon the available RAM, using the logging buffered command.
The neighbor status change messages are not tracked if the bgp log-neighbor-changes command is not enabled, except for the reset reason, which is always available as output of the show ip bgp neighbors command.
The eigrp log-neighbor-changes command enables logging of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor adjacencies, but messages for BGP neighbors are logged only if they are specifically enabled with the bgp log-neighbor-changes command.
Use the show logging command to display the log for the BGP neighbor changes.
neighbor —Configures a BGP neighbor (router, VRF). See the neighbor command for additional information.
no —Negates a command or sets its defaults.
router-id — Specifies the IP address to use as router-id (router, VRF).
template —Enters the template command mode. See the neighbor command for additional information.
timers —Configures the BGP-related timers (router, VRF).
– bestpath-limit interval —Configures the timeout for the first best path after a restart, in seconds. Range: 1 to 3600. Default: 300.
– bgp interval —Configures the different BGP keepalive and holdtimes in seconds. Range: 0 to 3600. Default: 60.
– prefix-peer-timeout interval —Configures how long a prefix peer is maintained in seconds. Range: 0 to 1200. Default: 300:
vrf —Configures the virtual router context:
– vrf-name —Specifies the VRF name.
– management —Specifies the configurable VRF name.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a BGP process for autonomous system 120:
switch(config)# router bgp 120
switch(config-router)#
This example shows how to log neighbor changes for BGP in router configuration mode:
switch(config# bgp router 40000
switch(config-router)# log-neighbor-changes
This example shows how to disable the BGP fast external fallover feature. If the link through which this session is carried flaps, the connection is not reset.
switch(config# bgp router 64496
switch(config-router)# no fast-external-fallover
This example shows how all incoming updates from eBGP peers are examined to ensure that the first autonomous system number in the AS_PATH is the local AS number of the transmitting peer. The updates from the 10.100.0.1 peer are discarded if the first AS number is not 65001.
To configure a routing process and enter router configuration mode for Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the router eigrp command. To turn off the EIGRP routing process, use the no form of this command.
router eigrp instance-tag
no router eigrp instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name of an EIGRP instance. The instance-tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a routing process for EIGRP:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
default-information
Controls the distribution of a default route.
default-metric
Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into EIGRP.
distance
Configures the administrative distance.
maximum-paths
Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.
redistribute
Configures route redistribution for EIGRP.
router-id
Configures the router ID.
timers
Configures the EIGRP timers.
router ospf
To configure an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing instance, use the router ospf command. To terminate an OSPF routing process, use the no form of this command.
router ospf instance-tag
no router ospf instance-tag
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Internally used identification parameter for an OSPF routing instance. It is locally assigned and can be any word or positive integer. The instance-tag argument can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
No OSPF routing instance is defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the router ospf command to specify multiple OSPF routing instances in each router.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a basic OSPF instance:
switch(config)# router ospf 12
switch(config-router)#
This example shows how to delete an OSPF instance:
switch(config)# no router ospf 12
switch(config)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
router rip
To configure the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routing process, use the router rip command. To turn off the RIP routing process, use the no form of this command.
router rip instance-tag
no router rip
Syntax Description
instance-tag
Name for this RIP instance.
Command Default
No RIP routing process is defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to begin the RIP routing process:
switch(config)# router rip Enterprise
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip router rip
Specifies a RIP instance for an interface.
router-id (EIGRP)
To configure a router ID for an Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) process, use the router-id command. To cause the software to use the default method of determining the router ID, use the no form of this command.
router-id router-id
no router-id
Syntax Description
router-id
32-bit router ID value specified in four-part, dotted-decimal notation.
Command Default
If this command is not configured, EIGRP chooses an IPv4 address as the router ID from one of its interfaces.
Use the router-id command to manually specify a unique 32-bit numeric value for the router ID. This action ensures that EIGRP can function regardless of the interface address configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to assign the IP address of 192.0.2.1 to the EIGRP process 1:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4
switch(config-router-af)# router-id 192.0.2.1
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip eigrp
Displays a summary of the EIGRP processes.
router-id (OSPF)
To use a fixed router ID for an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) instance, use the router-id command. To revert to the previous OSPF router ID behavior, use the no form of this command.
router-id ip-address
no router-id ip-address
Syntax Description
ip-address
Router ID in IP address format.
Command Default
If this command is not configured, OSPF chooses an IPv4 address as the router ID from one of its interfaces.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the router-id command to manually specify a unique 32-bit numeric value for the router ID. This action ensures that EIGRP can function regardless of the interface address configuration.
If this command is used on an OSPF instance that has neighbors, OSPF uses the new router ID at the next reload or at a restart of OSPF.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the router ID:
switch(config)# router ospf 12
switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.1
Related Commands
Command
Description
router ospf
Configures the OSPF routing process.
routing-context vrf
To set the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) scope for all EXEC commands, use the routing-context vrf command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
routing-context vrf vrf-name
no routing-context vrf vrf-name
Syntax Description
vrf-name
Name of the VRF instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
default VRF
Command Modes
EXEC mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the routing-context vrf command to set the VRF scope for all EXEC commands (for example, show commands). This feature automatically restricts the scope of the output of EXEC commands to the configured VRF. You can override this scope by using the VRF keywords available for some EXEC commands.
Examples
This example shows how to limit EXEC commands to the management VRF:
switch# routing-context vrf management
switch%management#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show routing-context
Displays the current routing context.
send-community
To send the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) community attribute to a peer, use the send-community command. To revert to the defaults, use the no form of this command.
send-community [ extended ]
no send-community [ extended ]
Syntax Description
extended
(Optional) Specifies the BGP extended community.
Command Default
No community attributes are sent to the peer.
Command Modes
BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before you use this command, you must configure BGP communities using the set community command.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the router to send the community attribute to the neighbor 192.168.1.3:
To modify an autonomous system path (as-path) for BGP routes, use the set as-path command. To not modify the autonomous system (AS) path, use the no form of this command.
set as-path { tag | { prepend as-num [... as-num ] | last-as num }}
no as-path { tag | { prepend as-num [... as-num ] | last-as num }}
Syntax Description
tag
Converts the tag of a route into an autonomous system path. Applies only when redistributing routes into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
prepend as-num
Appends the specified AS number to the autonomous system path of the route that is matched by the route map. Applies to both inbound and outbound BGP route maps. Range: 1 to 65535. You can configure more than on AS number.
last-as num
Prepends the last AS numbers to the as-path. Range: 1 to 10.
Command Default
Autonomous system path is not modified.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Once you enter route-map configuration mode, you can enter the set command.
The only global BGP metric available to influence the best path selection is the autonomous system path length. By varying the length of the autonomous system path, a BGP speaker can influence the best-path selection by a peer further away.
By allowing you to convert the tag into an autonomous system path, the set as-path tag variation of this command modifies the autonomous system length. The set as-path prepend variation allows you to prepend an arbitrary autonomous system path string to BGP routes. Usually, the local autonomous system number is prepended multiple times, increasing the autonomous system path length.
Examples
This example shows how to convert the tag of a redistributed route into an autonomous system path:
switch(config)# route-map test1
switch(config-route-map)# set as-path tag
This example shows how to prepend 100 to all the routes advertised to 10.108.1.1:
switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# route-map set-as-path test1 out
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
set comm-list delete
To remove communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update, use the set comm-list delete command. To remove a previous set comm-list delete command, use the no form of this command.
set comm-list community-list-name delete
no set comm-list
Syntax Description
community-list-name
Standard or expanded community list name. The name is any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
No communities are removed.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This set route-map configuration command removes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update using a route map to filter and determine the communities to be deleted. Depending upon whether the route map is applied to the inbound or outbound update for a neighbor, each community that passes the route map permit clause and matches the given community list is removed from the community attribute being received from or sent to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor.
Each entry of a standard community list should list only one community when used with the set comm-list delete command. For example, in order to be able to delete communities 10:10 and 10:20, you must use the following format to create the entries:
switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:10
switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:20
The following format for a community list entry, while acceptable otherwise, does not work with the set comm-list delete command:
switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:10 10:20
When both the set community community-number and set comm-lis t delete commands are configured in the same sequence of a route map attribute, the deletion operation ( set comm-list delete) is performed before the set operation ( set community community-number).
Examples
This example shows how to remove communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update:
switch(config)# route-map test1
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set comm-list list1 delete
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
set community
To set the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) communities attribute, use the set community command. To delete the entry, use the no form of this command.
set community { none | { aa : nn [... aa:nn ] | additive | local-as | no-advertise | no-export }}
no set community { none | { aa : nn | additive | local-as | no-advertise | no-export }}
Syntax Description
none
(Optional) Specifies the no community attribute.
You cannot configure any other keyword if you configure the none keyword.
aa : nn
(Optional) Autonomous system (AS) number and network number entered in the 4-byte new community format. This value is configured with two 2-byte numbers separated by a colon. A number from 1 to 65535 can be entered as each 2-byte number. A single community can be entered or multiple communities can be entered, each separated by a space.
You can configure one or more AS numbers.
You can configure one or more keywords.
additive
(Optional) Adds to existing community.
You can configure one or more keywords.
local-as
(Optional) Specifies the local-as community (well-known community). Routes with community are advertised to only peers that are part of the local autonomous system or to only peers within a subautonomous system of a confederation. These routes are not advertised to external peers or to other subautonomous systems within a confederation.
You can configure one or more keywords.
no-advertise
(Optional) Specifies the no-advertise community (well-known community). Routes with this community are not advertised to any peer (internal or external).
You can configure one or more keywords.
no-export
(Optional) Specifies the no-export community (well-known community). Routes with this community are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation. These routes are not advertised to external peers.
You can configure one or more keywords.
Command Default
No BGP communities attributes exist.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 1 to have the community set to 109:02 and 33:40. Routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 2 have the community set to no-export (these routes are not advertised to any external BGP [eBGP] peers).
switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set community 109:02 33:40
switch(config-route-map)# exit
switch(config)# route-map test1 20 permit
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 2
switch(config-route-map)# set community no-export
This example shows how to configure the routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 1 to have the community set to 109:30. Routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 2 have the community set to local-as (the router does not advertise this route to peers outside the local autonomous system.
switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set community 109:30 additive
switch(config-route-map)# exit
switch(config)# route-map test1 20 permit
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 2
switch(config-route-map)# set community local-as
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip community-list
Creates a community list for BGP and control access to it.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set comm-list delete
Removes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update.
show ip bgp community
Displays routes that belong to specified BGP communities.
set dampening
To set the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening factors, use the set dampening command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
set dampening half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time
no set dampening
Syntax Description
half-life
Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half life period (which is 15 minutes by default). The process of reducing the penalty occurs every 5 seconds. The range is from 1 to 45, and the default is 15.
reuse
Route that is unsuppressed if the penalty for a flapping route decreases enough to fall below this value. The process of unsuppressing routes occurs at 10-second increments. Range: 1 to 20000. Default: 750.
suppress
Route that is suppressed when its penalty exceeds this limit. The range is from 1 to 20000, and the default is 2000.
max-suppress-time
Maximum time (in minutes) that a route can be suppressed. The range is from 1 to 255, and the default is four times the half-life value. If the default half-life value is used, the maximum suppress time defaults to 60 minutes.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
When a BGP peer is reset, the route is withdrawn and the flap statistics cleared. In this instance, the withdrawal does not incur a penalty even though route flap dampening is enabled.
Examples
This example sets the half life to 30 minutes, the reuse value to 1500, the suppress value to 10000, and the maximum suppress time to 120 minutes:
switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit
switch(config-route-map)# set dampening 30 1500 10000 120
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
set etxcommunity
To set the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) extended communities attribute, use the set extcommunity command. To delete the entry, use the no form of this command.
no set extcommunity { none | { generic { transitive | nontransitive } aa4 : nn [... aa4:nn ] } | additive }
Syntax Description
none
(Optional) Specifies the no community attribute.
generic
Specifies the generic specific extended community type.
transitive
Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.
nontransitive
Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.
aa4 : nn
(Optional) Autonomous system number and network number. This value is configured with a 4-byte AS number and a 2-byte network number separated by a colon. The 4-byte AS number range is from 1 to 4294967295 in plaintext notation, or from 1.0 to 56636.65535 in AS.dot notation. You can enter a single community or multiple communities, each separated by a space.
additive
(Optional) Adds to existing community.
Command Default
No BGP communities attributes exist.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the set extcommunity command in a route map to set the extended community attribute in a BGP route.
You must have a match clause in a route map (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to use set commands.
The set commands specify the set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a route map that sets the extended community to 1.5:
switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set extcommunity generic transitive 1.5
switch(config-route-map)# exit
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip extcommunity-list
Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
send-community
Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.
match extcommunity
Matches an extended community in a route map.
ip extcommunity-list
Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.
set extcomm-list delete
To remove extended communities from the extended community attribute of an inbound or outbound Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) update, use the set extcomm-list delete command. To remove a previous set extcomm-list delete command, use the no form of this command.
set extcomm-list community-list-name delete
no set extcomm-list
Syntax Description
community-list-name
Standard or expanded extended community list name. The name is any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.
Command Default
No communities are removed.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the set extcomm-list delete command in a route map to delete the extended community attribute in a BGP route.
You must have a match clause in a route map (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to use set commands.
The set commands specify the set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
When you configure both the set extcommunity community-number and set ext comm-lis t delete commands in the same sequence of a route map attribute, the deletion operation ( set extcomm-list delete) is performed before the set operation ( set extcommunity community-number).
Examples
This example shows how to remove extended communities from the extended community attribute of an inbound or outbound update:
switch(config)# route-map test1
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set extcomm-list list1 delete
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match extcommunity
Matches a BGP extended community.
set extcommunity
Sets the BGP extended communities attribute.
set forwarding-address
To set the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) forwarding address for redistributed type-5 Link State Advertisements (LSAs), use the set forwarding-address command. To remove the address, use the no form of this command.
set forwarding-address
no forwarding-address
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
No forwarding address is set as a default.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command is used by the OSPF to set the forwarding address for the redistributed type-5 LSAs. The value of the forwarding address specified by the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) can be either 0.0.0.0 or nonzero. The 0.0.0.0 address indicates that the originating router (the ASBR) is the next hop.
If the ASBR redistributes routes and OSPF is not enabled on the next hop interface for those routes, the forwarding address is set to 0.0.0.0.
All of the following conditions must be met to set the forwarding address field to a nonzero address:
OSPF is enabled on the ASBR's next hop interface.
ASBR’s next hop interface is non-passive under OSPF.
ASBR’s next hop interface is not point-to-point.
ASBR’s next hop interface is not point-to-multipoint.
For all other conditions, set the forwarding address to 0.0.0.0.
Examples
This example shows how to set the forwarding address:
switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit
switch(config-route-map)# set forwarding-address
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set next-hop
Specifies the address of the next hop.
set tag
Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.
set level
To indicate where to import routes, use the set level command. To delete an entry, use the no form of this command.
set level { level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 }
no set level { level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 }
Syntax Description
level-1
Imports routes into a Level 1 area.
level-2
Imports routes into a Level 2 subdomain.
level-1-2
Imports routes into Level 1 and Level 2.
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to import the routes into the Level 1 area:
switch(config-router)# route-map testcase
switch(config-route-map)# set level level-l
switch(config-route-map)
Related Commands
Command
Description
neighbor next-hop-self
Disables next hop processing of BGP updates on the router.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another.
set local-preference
To specify a preference value for the autonomous system path, use the set local-preference command. To delete an entry, use the no form of this command.
set local-preference number-value
no set local-preference number-value
Syntax Description
number-value
Preference value. Range: 0 to 4294967295. Default: 100.
Command Default
Preference value of 100 by default.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The preference is sent only to all routers in the local autonomous system.
You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
You can change the default preference value with the bgp default local-preference command.
Examples
This example shows how to set the local preference to 100 for all routes that are included in access list 1:
switch(config-router)# route-map map-preference
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1
switch(config-route-map)# set local-preference 100
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match interface (IP)
Distributes routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric (IP)
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type (IP)
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map (IP)
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set automatic-tag
Automatically computes the tag value.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level (IP)
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric (BGP, OSPF, RIP)
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin (BGP)
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag (IP)
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
set metric
To set the metric value for a routing protocol, use the set metric command. To return to the default metric value, use the no form of this command.
set metric [ + | - ] bandwidth-metric
set metric bandwidth-metric [d elay-metric reliability-metric load-metric mtu ]
no set metric
Syntax Description
+
(Optional) Adds to the existing delay metric value.
-
(Optional) Subtracts from the existing delay metric value.
bandwidth-metric
Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) bandwith metric, in Kb/s. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
delay-metric
(Optional) Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) delay metric, in 10 microsecond units. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
reliability-metric
(Optional) IGRP reliability metric. The range is from 0 to 255.
load-metric
(Optional) IGRP load metric. The range is from 1 to 255.
mtu
(Optional) IGRP maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the path. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the set metric command to modify the IGRP metric values.
Note We recommend that you consult your Cisco technical support representative before changing the default value.
When you confiture the reliability-metric and the load-metric arguments, 255 means 100 percent reliability.
Use the + or - keywords to modify the existing delay metric value. You can modify only the delay metric with these keywords.
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration command to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to set the bandwith metric value for the routing protocol to 100:
switch(config)# route-map set-metric
switch(config-route-map)# set metric 100
This example shows how to increase the bandwith metric value for the routing protocol by 100:
switch(config)# route-map set-metric
switch(config-route-map)# set metric +100
Related Commands
Command
Description
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set metric-type
To set the metric type for the destination routing protocol, use the set metric-type command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
set metric-type { internal | type-1 | type-2 }
no set metric-type { internal | type-1 | type-2 }
Syntax Description
internal
Specifies the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric as the multi-exit discriminator (MED) for BGP.
type-1
Specifies the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) external Type 1 metric.
type-2
Specifies the OSPF external Type 2 metric.
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command with match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Note This command is not supported for redistributing routes into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
Examples
This example shows how to set the metric type of the destination protocol to OSPF external Type 1:
switch(config)# route-map map-type
switch(config-route-map)# set metric-type type-1
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
set origin
To set the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) origin code, use the set origin command. To delete the entry, use the no form of this command.
Specifies the autonomous system (AS) number for a remote exterior gateway protocol (EGP) system. You can specify the AS number as a 2-byte integer or a 4-byte integer in aa:nn format. Range is from 1 to 65535.
igp
Specifies a local interior gateway protocol (IGP) system.
incomplete
Specifies an unknown heritage.
Command Default
Default origin, based on route in main IP routing table.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.
Use the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands, to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to set the origin of routes that pass the route map to IGP:
switch(config)# route-map set_origin
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 10
switch(config-route-map)# set origin igp
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
set tag
To set a tag value of the destination routing protocol, use the set tag command. To delete the entry, use the no form of this command.
set tag tag-value
no set tag tag-value
Syntax Description
tag-value
Name for the tag. The value is an integer from 0 to 4294967295.
Command Default
If not specified, the default action is to forward the tag in the source routing protocol onto the new destination protocol.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map configuration commands to define the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
The set route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.
Examples
This example shows how to set the tag value of the destination routing protocol to 5:
switch(config)# route-map test
switch(config-route-map)# set tag 5
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip address
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
set weight
To specify the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) weight for the routing table, use the set weight command. To delete an entry, use the no form of this command.
set weight number
no set weight [ number ]
Syntax Description
number
Weight value. Range: 0 to 65535.
Command Default
The weight is not changed by the specified route map.
Command Modes
Route-map configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The implemented weight is based on the first matched autonomous system path. Weights indicated when an autonomous system path is matched override the weights assigned by global neighbor commands.
Examples
This example shows how to set the BGP weight for the routes that match the autonomous system path access list to 200:
switch(config)# route-map set-weight
switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 10
switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200
Related Commands
Command
Description
match as-path
Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.
match community
Matches a BGP community.
match ip address
Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.
match ip next-hop
Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.
match ip route-source
Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.
match metric
Redistributes routes with the metric specified.
match route-type
Redistributes routes of the specified type.
match tag
Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.
route-map
Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.
set as-path
Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.
set community
Sets the BGP communities attribute.
set level
Indicates where to import routes.
set local-preference
Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.
set metric
Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.
set metric-type
Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.
set origin
Sets the BGP origin code.
set tag
Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.
shutdown (BGP)
To shut down an instance of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the shutdown command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the shutdown command to disable an instance of BGP without removing the configuration.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable BGP 64496:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
show bgp
Displays BGP routes.
shutdown (EIGRP)
To shut down an instance of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the shutdown command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Use the shutdown command to disable an instance of EIGRP without removing the configuration.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to disable eigrp 209:
switch(config)# router eigrp 209
switch(config-router)# shutdown
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp interfaces
Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.
shutdown (OSPF)
To stop an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) instance without removing the configuration, use the shutdown command. To start a stopped OSPF instance, use the no form of this command.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
No process is stopped.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Entering the shutdown command stops a router process but does not remove any configuration parameters. The shutdown command is displayed in the running configuration file when enabled.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to stop an active OSPF instance:
switch(config)# router ospf firstcompany
switch(config-router)# shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature ospf
Enables OSPF on the router.
router ospf
Configures an OSPF instance.
shutdown (VRRP)
To disable a Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) configuration, use the shutdown command. To enable a VRRP configuration, use the no form of this command.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Shut down the virtual router before configuring the virtual router parameters; you can only configure the virtual router after it is in the administrative shut down state. Enter the no shutdown command to update the virtual router state after completing configuration.
Examples
This example shows how to shut down a VRRP group:
switch(config-if)# vrrp 45
switch(config-if-vrrp)# shutdown
switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 6.6.6.45
switch(config-if-vrrp)# no shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
feature vrrp
Enables VRRP.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP)
To configure the switch software to start storing Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer updates, use the soft-reconfiguration command. To not store received updates, use the no form of this command.
soft-reconfiguration inbound
no soft-reconfiguration inbound
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Neighbor address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Entering this command starts the storage of updates, which is required to do inbound soft reconfiguration.
To use soft reconfiguration, or soft reset, without preconfiguration, both BGP peers must support the soft route refresh capability.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the soft reconfiguration on the neighbor at 192.168.0.1:
Enters the router in address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
neighbor
Configures a BGP neighbor.
show ip bgp neighbors
Displays BGP peer information.
stub
To configure a router as a stub using the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the stub command. To disable the EIGRP stub routing feature, use the no form of this command.
Use the stub command to configure a router as a stub where the router directs all IP traffic to a distribution router.
The direct keyword permits EIGRP stub routing to advertise connected routes. This option is enabled by default.
The receive-only keyword restricts the router from sharing any of its routes with any other router in that EIGRP autonomous system, and the receive-only keyword does not permit any other option to be specified because it prevents any type of route from being sent.
The redistributed keyword permits EIGRP stub routing to send other routing protocols and autonomous systems. Without the configuration of this option, EIGRP does not advertise redistributed routes.
If you use any of these four keywords ( direct, leak-map, receive-only, redistributed) with the stub command, only the route types specified by the particular keyword(s) are advertised.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the router as a receive-only neighbor:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router)# stub receive-only
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
show ip eigrp neighbors
Displays EIGRP neighbor information.
summary-address (OSPF)
To create aggregate addresses for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol, use the summary-address command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
summary-address ip-prefix/length [ not-advertise ] [ tag tag ]
no summary-address ip-prefix/length [ not-advertise ] [ tag tag ]
Syntax Description
ip-prefix/length
IP prefix designated for a range of addresses, including the prefix length. Specify ip-prefix as an IP address. Specify length as a number from 1 to 31.
not-advertise
(Optional) Suppresses routes that match the specified prefix/length pair.
tag tag
(Optional) Specifies the tag value that can be used as a match value for controlling redistribution using route maps. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Router configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the summary-address command to create an aggregate address to replace a series of more-specific addresses. The metric used to advertise the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific routes.
Use this command to help reduce the size of the routing table and allow an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to advertise one external route as an aggregate for all redistributed routes that are covered by the address.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the summary address 192.0.0.0 to include address 192.0.1.0, 192.0.2.0, 192.0.3.0, and so on. Only the address 192.0.0.0 is advertised in an external link-state advertisement.
To advertise the active routes to a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer only, use the suppress-inactive command. To remove the restriction, use the no form of this command. To return to the default setting, use the default form of this command.
suppress-inactive
no default suppress-inactive
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
BGP advertises routes to a peer as soon as they are installed in the local routing table, even if the routes are not the active routes in the table.
Command Modes
Neighbor address-family configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the suppress-inactive command to advertise only active routes to a BGP peer.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to create a summary address. The path advertised for this route is an autonomous system set consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.
To create a peer template and enter a peer template configuration mode, use the template command. To remove a peer template, use the no form of this command.
template { peer name | peer-policy name | peer-session name }
no template { peer name | peer-policy name | peer-session name }
The template command allows you to enable a set of predefined attributes that a neighbor inherits.
Note A Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor cannot be configured to work with both peer groups and peer templates. A BGP neighbor can be configured to belong to a peer group or to inherit policies from peer templates only.
Peer templates support only general policy commands. BGP policy configuration commands that are configured only for specific address families or NLRI configuration modes are configured with peer templates.
When you enter the peer-policy template configuration mode, the following commands are available:
suppress-inactive —Advertises the active routes to the peer only. See the suppress-inactive command for additional information.
exit —Exits current configuration mode.
filter-list name { in | out }—Creates the AS-PATH filter-list on the inbound and the outbound BGP routes. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.
– in —Applies the access list to incoming routes.
– out —Applies the access list to outgoing routes.
inherit peer-policy policy-name seq-num —Configures a peer-policy template to inherit the configuration from another peer-policy template. To remove an inherited statement from a peer-policy template, use the no form of this command. Range: 1 to 65535. Default: No inherit statements are configured.
The sequence number specifies the order in which the peer policy template is evaluated. Like a route-map sequence number, the lowest sequence number is evaluated first. Peer policy templates support inheritance and a peer can directly and indirectly inherit up to seven peer policy templates. Inherited peer policy templates are configured with sequence numbers like route maps. An inherited peer policy template, like a route map, is evaluated starting with the inherit statement with the lowest sequence number. However, peer policy templates do not fall through. Every sequence is evaluated. If a BGP policy command is reapplied with a different value, it overwrites any previous value from a lower sequence number.
Note A Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process cannot be configured to be a member of a peer group and to use peer templates for group configurations. You must use one method or the other. We recommend peer templates because they provide improved performance and scalability.
maximum-prefix max —Specifies the maximum number of prefixes from this neighbor. Range: 1 to 300000. Default: This command is disabled by default. Peering sessions are disabled when the maximum number of prefixes is exceeded. See the maximum-prefix command for additional information.
next-hop-self —Configures the router as the next hop for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor or peer group. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command. Default: Disabled.
next-hop-third-party —Computes a third-party next hop if possible.
no —Negates a command or sets its defaults.
prefix-list name { in | out }—Specifies the route type to apply the prefix list. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.
– in —Applies the prefix list to incoming routes.
– out —Applies the prefix list to outgoing routes.
route-map name { in | out }—Specifies the route map name to apply the route type to apply to the neighbor.
– in —Applies the route map to incoming routes.
– out —Applies the route map to outgoing routes.
route-reflector-client —Configures the router as a BGP route reflector and configures the specified neighbor as its client. To indicate that the neighbor is not a client, use the no form of this command. Default: There is no route reflector in the autonomous system.
By default, all internal BGP (iBGP) speakers in an autonomous system must be fully meshed, and neighbors do not readvertise iBGP learned routes to neighbors, which prevents a routing information loop. When all the clients are disabled, the local router is no longer a route reflector.
If you use route reflectors, all iBGP speakers need not be fully meshed. In the route reflector model, an Interior BGP peer is configured to be a route reflector responsible for passing iBGP learned routes to iBGP neighbors. This scheme eliminates the need for each router to talk to every other router.
All the neighbors configured with this command are members of the client group and the remaining iBGP peers are members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.
send-community —Specifies that a community attribute be sent to a BGP neighbor. To remove the entry, use the no form of this command.
soft-reconfiguration —Configures the Cisco NX-OS software to start storing updates. To not store received updates, use the no form of this command. Default: Disabled. Entering this command starts the storage of updates, which is required to do inbound soft reconfiguration. Outbound BGP soft reconfiguration does not require inbound soft reconfiguration to be enabled.
To use soft reconfiguration, or a soft reset, without preconfiguration, both BGP peers must support the soft route refresh capability, which is advertised in the open message sent when the peers establish a TCP session. Clearing the BGP session using the soft-reconfiguration command has a negative effect on network operations and should only be used as a last resort.
To determine whether a BGP router supports this capability, use the show ip bgp neighbors command. If a router supports the route refresh capability, the following message appears:
“Received route refresh capability from peer.”
If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name argument, all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
When you enter the peer-session template configuration mode, the following commands are available:
description description —Configures a description to be displayed by the local or a peer router. You can enter up to 80 characters including spaces.
disable-connected-check —Disables connection verification for eBGP peers no more than one hop away when the eBGP peer is configured with a loopback interface.
ebgp-multihop —Accepts and attempts BGP connections to external peers that reside on networks that are not directly connected.
Note You should enter this command under the guidance of Cisco technical support staff only.
exit —Exits current configuration mode.
inherit peer-session session-name —Configures a peer-session template. To inherit the configuration from another peer-session template, use the peer-session keywords. To remove an inherit statement from a peer-session template, use the no form of this command.
local-as —Allows you to customize the autonomous system number for eBGP peer groupings.
neighbor inherit peer-session —Configures a router to send a peer session template to a neighbor so that the neighbor can inherit the configuration.
neighbor translate-update —Upgrades a router running BGP in the NLRI format to support multiprotocol BGP.
password —Enables MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. The following configuration tools are available:
– 0 password —Specifies an unencrypted neighbor password.
– 3 password —Specifies an 3DES encrypted neighbor password
– password —Specifies an unencrypted (cleartext) neighbor password
remote-private-as —Removes the private AS number from outbound updates.
show ip bgp template peer-policy —Displays the locally configured peer policy templates.
show ip bgp template peer-session —Displays the locally configured peer session templates.
shutdown —Disables a neighbor or peer group.
timers keepalive-time —Configures keepalive and hold timers in seconds. Range: 0 to 3600. Default: 60.
update-source { ethernet mod / port | loopback virtual-interface | port-channel number [. sub-interface ]} —Specifies the source of the BGP session and updates. Range: virtual-interface is 0 to 1023; number is 0 to 4096; (optional) . sub-interface is 1 to 4093.
General session commands can be configured once in a peer-session template and then applied to many neighbors through the direct application of a peer-session template or through indirect inheritance from a peer-session template. The configuration of peer-session templates simplify the configuration of general session commands that are commonly applied to all neighbors within an autonomous system.
This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to create a peer-session template named CORE1. This example inherits the configuration of the peer-session template named INTERNAL-BGP.
switch(config-router)# inherit peer-policy GLOBAL 10
switch(config-router)# exit-peer-policy
switch(config-router)#
This example shows that the maximum prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.1.1 neighbor is set to 1000:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router) network 192.168.0.0
switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 1000
This example shows that the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.2.2 neighbor is set to 5000. The router is also configured to display warning messages when 50 percent of the maximum-prefix limit (2500 prefixes) has been reached.
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router) network 192.168.0.0
switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 5000 50
This example shows that the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.3.3 neighbor is set to 2000. The router is also configured to reestablish a disabled peering session after 30 minutes.
This example forces all updates destined for 10.108.1.1 to advertise this router as the next hop:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# next-hop-self
This example shows that the router belongs to autonomous system 109 and is configured to send the communities attribute to its neighbor at IP address 172.16.70.23:
switch(config)# router bgp 64496
switch(config-router)# send-community
This example shows that the router belongs to autonomous system 109 and is configured to send the communities attribute to its neighbor at IP address 172.16.70.23:
This example enables inbound soft reconfiguration for the neighbor 10.108.1.1. All the updates received from this neighbor are stored unmodified, regardless of the inbound policy. When inbound soft reconfiguration is done later, the stored information is used to generate a new set of inbound updates.
Enters the address family mode for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).
password (BGP)
Configures a MD5 password for two BGP peers.
router bgp
Enters the assign an autonomous system (AS) number to a router and enters the router BGP configuration mode.
test forwarding distribution perf
To test the forwarding distribution performance of the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the test forwarding distribution perf command.
test forwarding distribution perf
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to test the forwarding distribution performance:
switch# test forwarding distribution perf
Related Commands
Command
Description
show forwarding distribution
Displays information about the FIB.
test forwarding inconsistency
To trigger the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the test forwarding inconsistency command.
test forwarding inconsistency [ ip | ipv4 ] [ unicast ] [ vrf vrf-name ] [ module { slot | all }] [ stop ]
Syntax Description
ip
(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for IPv4 routes.
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for IPv4 routes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for unicast routes.
module
(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for one or more modules.
slot
Module number. The range depends on the platform.
all
(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for all modules.
stop
(Optional) Stops the inconsistency check.
vrf vrf-name
(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to trigger the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:
switch# test forwarding inconsistency module all
This example shows how to stop the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:
switch# test forwarding inconsistency module all stop
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear forwarding inconsistency
Clears the FIB inconsistencies.
show forwarding inconsistency
Displays information about the FIB inconsistencies.
threshold percentage
To set a threshold percentage for a tracked object in a list of objects, use the threshold percentage command. To disable the threshold percentage, use the no form of this command.
threshold percentage { up number [ down number ] | down number [ up number ]}
no threshold percentage
Syntax Description
up
Specifies the up threshold.
down
(Optional) Specifies the down threshold.
number
Threshold value. The range is from 0 to 100.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Tracking configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you configure a tracked list using the track object-number list command, there are two keywords available: boolean and threshold. If you specify the threshold keyword, you can specify either the percentage or weight keywords. If you specify the percentage keyword, the weight keyword is unavailable. If you specify the weight keyword, the percentage keyword is unavailable.
You should configure the up percentage first. The valid range is from 1 to 100. The down percentage depends on what you have configured for up. For example, if you configure 50 percent for up, you see a range from 0 to 49 percent for down.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the tracked list 11 to measure the threshold using an up percentage of 50 and a down percentage of 32:
switch(config)# track 11 list threshold percentage
switch(config-track)# object 1
switch(config-track)# object 2
switch(config-track)# threshold percentage up 50 down 32
Related Commands
Command
Description
threshold weight
Sets a threshold weight for a tracked object in a list of objects.
track list
Specifies a list of objects to be tracked and the thresholds to be used for comparison.
threshold weight
To set a threshold weight for a tracked object in a list of objects, use the threshold weight command. To disable the threshold weight, use the no form of this command.
threshold weight { up number [ down number ] | down number [ up number ]}
no threshold weight
Syntax Description
up
Specifies the up threshold.
down
(Optional) Specifies the down threshold.
number
Threshold value. The range is from 1 to 255.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Tracking configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you configure a tracked list using the track object-number list command, there are two keywords available: boolean and threshold. If you specify the threshold keyword, you can specify either the percentage or weight keywords. If you specify the percentage keyword, the weight keyword is unavailable. If you specify the weight keyword, the percentage keyword is unavailable.
You should configure the up weight first. The valid range is from 1 to 255. The available down weight depends on what you have configured for the up weight. For example, if you configure 25 for up, you will see a range from 0 to 24 for down.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the tracked list 12 to measure a threshold using a specified weight:
switch(config)# track 11 list threshold weight
switch(config-track)#object 1
switch(config-track)#object 2
switch(config-track)#threshold weight up 35 down 22
Related Commands
Command
Description
threshold percentage
Sets a threshold percentage for a tracked object in a list of objects.
track list
Specifies a list of objects to be tracked and the thresholds to be used for comparison.
timers active-time
To adjust the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) time limit for the active state, use the timers active-time command. To disable this function, use the no form of the command.
timers active-time [ time-limit | disabled ]
no timers active-time
Syntax Description
time-limit
(Optional) Active time limit (in minutes). The range is from 1 to 65535 minutes. The default value is 3.
disabled
(Optional) Disables the timers and permits the routing wait time to remain active indefinitely.
Use the timers active-time command to control the time that the router waits (after a query is sent) before declaring the route to be in the stuck in active (SIA) state.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an indefinite routing wait time on the specified EIGRP route:
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
timers basic
To adjust the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) network timers, use the timers basic command. To restore the default timers, use the no form of this command.
timers basic update invalid holddown flush
no timers basic
Syntax Description
update
Rate (in seconds) at which updates are sent. The range is from 5 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 30 seconds.
invalid
Interval of time (in seconds) after which a route is declared invalid; it should be at least three times the value of the update argument. A route becomes invalid when no updates refresh the route. The route then enters into a holddown state where it is marked as inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used to forward packets. The range is from 1 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 180 seconds.
holddown
Interval (in seconds) during which routing information regarding better paths is suppressed; it should be at least three times the value of the update argument. A route enters into a holddown state when an update packet is received that indicates that the route is unreachable. The route is marked as inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used to forward packets. When holddown expires, routes advertised by other sources are accepted and the route is no longer inaccessible. The range is from 0 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 180 seconds.
flush
Amount of time (in seconds) that must pass before the route is removed from the routing table; the interval specified should be greater than the sum of the invalid argument plus the holddown argument. If it is less than this sum, the proper holddown interval cannot elapse, which results in a new route being accepted before the holddown interval expires. The range is from 1 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 240 seconds.
You can modify the basic timing parameters for RIP. These timers must be the same for all routers and servers in the network.
Note You can view the current and default timer values by using the show ip protocols command.
Examples
This example shows how to set updates to broadcast every 5 seconds. If Cisco NX-OS does not hear from a router in 15 seconds (the invalid time), it declares the route as unusable. Cisco NX-OS suppresses further information for an additional 15 seconds (the holddown time). At the end of the suppression period, Cisco NX-OS flushes the route from the routing table.
Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
timers lsa-arrival (OSPF)
To set the minimum interval in which the software accepts the same link-state advertisement (LSA) from Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) neighbors, use the timers lsa-arrival command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
timers lsa-arrival milliseconds
no timers lsa-arrival
Syntax Description
milliseconds
Minimum delay (in milliseconds) that must pass between acceptance of the same LSA arriving from neighbors. The range is from 10 to 600,000 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Default
1000 milliseconds
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the timers lsa arrival command to configure the minimum interval for accepting the same LSA. The same LSA is an LSA instance that contains the same LSA ID number, LSA type, and advertising router ID. If an instance of the same LSA arrives sooner than the interval that is set, the software drops the LSA.
We recommend that you keep the milliseconds value of the timers lsa-arrival command less than or equal to the neighbors’ hold-interval value of the timers throttle lsa command.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum interval for accepting the same LSA at 2000 milliseconds:
switch(config)# router ospf 1
switch(config-router)# timers lsa-arrival 2000
switch(config-router)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays OSPF information.
timers throttle lsa
Sets rate-limiting values for LSAs being generated.
timers lsa-group-pacing (OSPF)
To change the interval at which Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) link-state advertisements (LSAs) are collected into a group and refreshed, checksummed, or aged, use the timers lsa-group-pacing command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
timers lsa-group-pacing seconds
no timers lsa-group-pacing
Syntax Description
seconds
Time (in seconds) in the interval in which LSAs are grouped and refreshed, checksummed, or aged. The range is from 1 to 1800 seconds. The default value is 240 seconds.
Command Default
The default interval for this command is 240 seconds. OSPF LSA group pacing is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the timers lsa-group-pacing command to control the rate at which LSA updates occur and reduce the high CPU or buffer utilization that can occur when an area is flooded with a very large number of LSAs. The default settings for OSPF packet pacing timers are suitable for the majority of OSPF deployments. Do not change the packet pacing timers unless you have tried all other options to meet OSPF packet flooding requirements. You should try summarization, stub area usage, queue tuning, and buffer tuning before changing the default flooding timers. There are no guidelines for changing timer values; each OSPF deployment is unique and should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Cisco NX-OS groups the periodic refresh of LSAs to improve the LSA packing density for the refreshes in large topologies. The group timer controls the interval used for group refreshment of LSAs; however, this timer does not change the frequency that individual LSAs are refreshed (the default refresh rate is every 30 minutes).
The duration of the LSA group pacing is inversely proportional to the number of LSAs that the router is handling. For example, if you have about 10,000 LSAs, you should decrease the pacing interval. If you have a very small database (40 to 100 LSAs), you should increase the pacing interval to 10 to 20 minutes.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure OSPF group packet-pacing updates between LSA groups to occur in 60-second intervals for OSPF routing process 1:
switch(config)# router ospf 1
switch(config-router)# timers lsa-group-pacing 60
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays general information about OSPF routing processes.
timers nsf converge
To adjust the time limit for nonstop forwarding (NSF) convergence for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the timers nsf converge command. To disable this function, use the no form of the command.
timers nsf converge seconds
no timers nsf converge
Syntax Description
seconds
Time limit for convergence after an NSF switchover (in seconds). The range is from 60 to 180 seconds. The default value is 120.
Use the timers nsf converge command to control the time that the router waits for convergence after a switchover.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the NSF convergence time for EIGRP:
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast
switch(config-router-af)# timers nsf converge 100
switch(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
timers nsf route-hold
To set the timer that determines how long an NSF-aware Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) router holds routes for an inactive peer, use the timers nsf route-hold command. To return the route hold timer to the default value, use the no form of this command.
timers nsf route-hold seconds
no timers nsf route-hold
Syntax Description
seconds
Time, in seconds, that EIGRP holds routes for an inactive peer. The range is from 20 to 300 seconds. The default is 240.
Use the timers nsf route-hold command to set the maximum period of time that the NSF-aware router holds known routes for an NSF-capable neighbor during a switchover operation or a well-known failure condition. The route hold timer is configurable so that you can tune network performance and avoid undesired effects, such as "black holing" routes (advertising invalid routes) if the switchover operation takes too much time. When this timer expires, the NSF-aware router scans the topology table and discards any stale routes, allowing EIGRP peers to find alternate routes instead of waiting during a long switchover operation.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the route hold timer value for an NSF-aware router to 2 minutes (120 seconds):
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
timers nsf signal
To set the time limit to signal a nonstop forwarding (NSF) restart for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP), use the timers nsf signal command. To return the route hold timer to the default, use the no form of this command.
timers nsf signal seconds
no timers nsf signal
Syntax Description
seconds
Time, in seconds, that EIGRP waits for a peer to signal an NSF restart. The range is from 10 to 360 seconds.
Use the timers nsf signal command to set the maximum period of time that the NSF-aware router waits for an NSF-capable neighbor to signal a restart.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example shows how to set the signal timer value for an NSF-aware router to the maximum (30 seconds):
switch(config)# router eigrp 1
switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast
switch(config-router-af)# timers nsf signal 30
switch(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy running-config startup-config
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip eigrp
Displays EIGRP information.
timers throttle lsa (OSPF)
To set rate-limiting values for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) link-state advertisement (LSA) generation, use the timers throttle lsa command. To return to the default values, use the no form of this command.
Start time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 0 to 5000 milliseconds. The default value is 0 milliseconds.
hold-interval
Incremental time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 50 to 30,000 milliseconds. The default value is 5000 milliseconds.
max-time
Maximum time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 50 to 30,000 milliseconds. The default value is 5000 milliseconds.
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays information about OSPF routing processes.
timers lsa arrival
Sets the minimum interval at which the software accepts the same LSA from OSPF neighbors.
timers throttle spf (OSPF)
To set the shortest-path first (SPF) best-path schedule initial delay time and the minimum hold between SPF best-path calculation for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the timers throttle spf command. To turn off SPF throttling, use the no form of this command.
no timers throttle spf spf-start spf-hold spf-max-wait
Syntax Description
spf-start
Initial SPF schedule delay in milliseconds. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.
spf-hold
Minimum hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.
spf-max-wait
Maximum wait time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.
Command Default
SPF throttling is not set.
Command Modes
Router configuration mode VRF configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the timers throttle spf command to set the SPF timers.
The first wait interval between SPF calculations is the amount of time in milliseconds specified by the spf-start argument. Each consecutive wait interval is two times the current hold level in milliseconds until the wait time reaches the maximum time in milliseconds as specified by the spf-maximum argument. Subsequent wait times remain at the maximum until the values are reset or an LSA is received between SPF calculations.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a router configured with the start, hold, and maximum interval values for the timers throttle spf command set at 5, 1,000, and 90,000 milliseconds:
Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.
show ip ospf
Displays information about OSPF routing processes.
timers lsa arrival
Sets the minimum interval at which the software accepts the same LSA from OSPF neighbors.
timers throttle lsa
Sets the rate limit for generating LSAs.
track (VRRP)
To modify the priority for a virtual router based on a tracked object, use the track command. To disable priority tracking for a virtual router, use the no form of this command.
track object-number [ decrement value ]
no track object-number [ decrement value ]
Syntax Description
object-number
Number for a configured tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500.
decrement value
(Optional) Decrements the VRRP priority if the tracked object is down. The range is from 1 to 254.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the track (VRRP) command to change the priority of the virtual router based on the state of a configured tracked object. Use the track command to configure the tracked object. When the tracked object is down, the priority reverts to the priority value for the virtual router. When the tracked object is up, the priority of the virtual router is restored to the original value.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable object tracking for a virtual router:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# track 33 ip route 192.0.2.0/24 reachability
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# vrrp 250
switch(config-if-vrrp)# track 33 priority 2
Related CommandsI
Command
Description
feature vrrp
Enables VRRP.
show vrrp
Displays VRRP configuration information.
track interfave (VRRP)
Tracks the state of an interface and modifies the VRRP priority if that interface state goes down.
vrrp
Configures a VRRP group.
track interface
To configure object tracking on an interface, use the track interface command. To remove the object tracking for this interface, use the no form of this command.
track object-id interface interface-type number { ip routing | line-protocol }
no track object-id [ force ]
Syntax Description
object-id
Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.
interface interface-type number
Specifies the interface to track. Use the online ? help to see a list of available interface types.
ip routing
Tracks the IP routing state of the interface.
line-protocol
Tracks the line protocol state of the interface.
force
(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the track interface command to track the line protocol status or IPv4 routing state of an interface. This command enters the object tracking command mode. Use the vrf member command in object tracking configuration mode to track objects in a nondefault VRF.
Examples
This example shows how to track the IP routing state on interface Ethernet 1/2:
switch(config)# track 1 interface ethernet 1/2 ip routing
switch(config-track)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show track
Displays information about object tracking.
track ip route reachability
Tracks the state of an IPv4 route reachability.
vrf member
Tracks an object in a nondefault VRF.
track interface (VRRP)
To track the priority for a virtual router based on an interface, use the track interface command. To disable priority tracking for a virtual router, use the no form of this command.
track interface { ethernet slot / port | port-channel number [. sub_if_number ]} priority value
no track interface { ethernet slot / port | port-channel number [. sub_if_number ]} priority value
Syntax Description
ethernet slot / port
Specifies the virtual router interface for which to track the priority. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.
port-channel number
Specifies the port-channel group for which to track priority. The range is from 1 to 4096
sub_if-number
(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.
priority value
Specifies the interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 1 to 254. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, the value is automatically set to 254.
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
VRRP configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the track command to change the priority of the virtual router based on the state of another interface in the switch. When the tracked interface is down, the priority reverts to the priority value for the virtual router. When the tracked interface is up, the priority of the virtual router is restored to the interface state tracking value.
Note Interface state tracking will not be operational unless you enable preemption on the interface.
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to enable interface state tracking for a virtual router:
To configure object tracking on an IP route, use the track ip route command. To remove the object tracking for this route, use the no form of this command.
track object-id ip route ip-prefix / length reachability
no track object-id [ force ]
Syntax Description
object-id
Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.
ip-prefix / length
Prefix of route to track. The IP prefix is in dotted decimal format (X.X.X.X). The length can be from 1 to 32.
reachability
Tracks the reachability state of an IP route.
force
(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the track ip route command to track IP route reachability. This command enters the object tracking command mode. Use the vrf member command in object tracking configuration mode to track objects in a nondefault VRF.
Examples
This example shows how to track an IP route:
switch(config)# track 1 ip route 10.10.10.0/8 reachability
switch(config-track)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
show track
Displays information about object tracking.
track interface
Tracks an interface.
vrf member
Tracks an object in a nondefault VRF.
track list
To configure object tracking on an object list, use the track list command. To remove the object tracking for this object list, use the no form of this command.
track object-id list boolean { and | or }
track object-id list threshold { percentage | weight }
no track object-id [ force ]
Syntax Description
object-id
Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.
boolean
Combines the tracked object states as a boolean combination.
and
Combines the tracked object states as a boolean AND.
or
Combines the tracked object states as a boolean OR.
threshold
Combines the tracked object states as a percent or weight combination.
percentage
Combines the tracked object states as a percent of the total number of tracked objects in the list.
weight
Combines the tracked object states as a combination of their configured weights.
force
(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the track list command to create a list of objects to combine into one tracked state. Use the boolean and keywords to combine the tracked objects as an AND function (that is, all objects must be up for the track list to be up). Use the boolean or keywords to combine the tracked objects as an OR (that is if any object is up, the tracked state is up).
The track list command enters the track command mode. You can configure the following commands in this mode:
object —Configures one or more objects to track in the track list. You can optionally use the not keyword to negate the object track state. (That is, an up state becomes a down state if you use the not keyword) for boolean tracked lists. You can optionally use the weight keyword to assign a weight to an object for a threshold weight tracked list. The default weight is 10.
vrf —Assigns the track list to a VRF.
Examples
This example shows how to create a track list of two objects and AND their state:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# track 1 boolean and
switch(config-track)# object 33
switch(config-track)# object 30
This example shows how to configure a track list with an up threshold of 70 percent and a down threshold of 30 percent:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# track 1 list threshold percentage
switch(config-track)# threshold percentage up 70 down 30
switch(config-track)# object 10
switch(config-track)# object 20
switch(config-track)# object 30
This example shows how to configure a track list with an up weight threshold of 30 and a down threshold of 10:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# track 1 list threshold weight
switch(config-track)# threshold weight up 30 down 10
switch(config-track)# object 10 weight 15
switch(config-track)# object 20 weight 15
switch(config-track)# object 30
In this example, the track list is up if object 10 and object 20 are up, and the track list goes to the down state if all three objects are down.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show track
Displays information about object tracking.
track ip route
Tracks an interface.
transmit-delay (OSPF virtual link)
To set the estimated time required to end a link-state update packet on the interface, use the transmit-delay command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
transmit-delay seconds
no transmit-delay
Syntax Description
seconds
Time (in seconds) required to send a link-state update. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 1 second.
Command Default
1 second
Command Modes
Virtual interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the transmit-delay command in virtual link configuration to account for the transmission and propagation delays for the virtual link.
This command requires the LAN Base Services license.
Examples
This example sets the retransmit delay value to 3 seconds:
switch(config)# router ospf 201
switch(config-router)# area 22 virtual-link 192.0.2.1
switch(config-router-vlink)# transmit-delay 3
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ospf
Displays general information about Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing instances.
vrf
To create a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance or enter the VRF configuration mode and configure submode commands, use the vrf command. To remove a VRF instance or disable the VRF configuration mode, use the no form of this command.
vrf name | management
no vrf name | management
Syntax Description
name
Name of the VRF. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
The VRF does not become active until you create an identically named VRF in global configuration mode.
When you enter the VRF configuration mode, the following commands are available:
area —(OSPF) Configures area properties.
address-family —(BGP) Configures an address-family. See the address-family (BGP) command for additional information.
auto-cost —(OSPF) Calculates OSPF cost according to bandwidth.
cluster-id { cluster-id | cluster-ip-addr } —(BGP) Configures the Route Reflector Cluster-ID (router, vrf). Range: 1 to 4294967295. You can enter the cluster identification as a 32-bit quantity or as an IP address. To remove the cluster ID, use the no form of this command. Together, a route reflector and its clients form a cluster. When a single route reflector is deployed in a cluster, the cluster is identified by the router ID of the route reflector.
The cluster-id command is used to assign a cluster ID to a route reflector when the cluster has one or more route reflectors. Multiple route reflectors are deployed in a cluster to increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure. When multiple route reflectors are configured in a cluster, the same cluster ID is assigned to all route reflectors, which allows all route reflectors in the cluster to recognize updates from peers in the same cluster and reduces the number of updates that need to be stored in BGP routing tables.
Note All route reflectors must maintain stable sessions between all peers in the cluster. If stable sessions cannot be maintained, you should use overlay route reflector clusters instead (route reflectors with different cluster IDs).
default-information —(OSPF) Controls the distribution of the default route. See the default-information originate (OSPF) command for additional information.
default-metric —(OSPF) Specifies the default metric for redistributed routes. See the default-metric (OSPF) command for additional information.
distance —(OSPF) Defines the OSPF administrative distance. See the distance (OSPF) command for additional information.
exit —(BGP) Exits from the current command mode.
log-adjacency-changes —(OSPF) Logs changes in adjacency state.
log-neighbor-changes —Enables logging of the BGP neighbor resets. To disable the logging of changes in BGP neighbor adjacencies, use the no form of this command. The log-neighbor-changes command enables logging of BGP neighbor status changes (up or down) and resets for troubleshooting network connectivity problems and measuring network stability. Unexpected neighbor resets might indicate high error rates or high packet loss in the network and should be investigated.
Using the log-neighbor-changes command to enable status change message logging does not cause a substantial performance impact, unlike, for example, enabling per BGP update debugging. If the UNIX syslog facility is enabled, messages are sent to the UNIX host running the syslog daemon so that the messages can be stored and archived. If the UNIX syslog facility is not enabled, the status change messages are retained in the internal buffer of the router, and are not stored to the disk. You can set the size of this buffer, which is dependent upon the available RAM, using the logging buffered command.
The neighbor status change messages are not tracked if the bgp log-neighbor-changes command is disabled, except for the reset reason, which is always available as output of the show ip bgp neighbors command.
The eigrp log-neighbor-changes command enables logging of Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) neighbor adjacencies, but messages for BGP neighbors are logged only if they are specifically enabled with the bgp log-neighbor-changes command.
Use the show logging command to display the log for the BGP neighbor changes.
max-metric —(OSPF) Maximizes the cost metric. See the max-metric (OSPF) command for additional information.
maximum-paths —(OSPF) Sets the maximum number of parallel routes that OSPF can support. See the maximum-paths (OSPF) command for additional information.
neighbor —Configures a BGP neighbor. See the neighbor command for additional information.
no —Negates a command or set its defaults.
redistribute —(OSPF) Redistributes information from another routing protocol. See the redistribute (OSPF) command for additional information.
rfc1583compatibility —(OSPF) Configures RFSC 1583 compatibility for external path preferences. See the rfc1583compatibility command for additional information.
router-id ip-addr —Specifies the IP address to use as the router-id.
shutdown —(OSPF) Shuts down the OSPF protocol instance. See the shutdown (OSPF) command for additional information.
summary-address —(OSPF) Configures route summarization for redistribution. See the summary-address (OSPF) command for additional information.
timers bestpath-timeout —Configures the best-path timeout in seconds. Range: 1 to 3600. Default: 300.
Examples
This example shows how to enter VRF configuration mode in a BGP environment:
switch(config)# router bgp 100
switch(config-router)# vrf management
switch(config-router-vrf)#
This example shows how to enter VRF configuration mode in an OSPF environment:
switch(config)# vrf context RemoteOfficeVRF
switch(config-vrf)# router ospf 201
switch(config-router)# vrf RemoteOfficeVRF
switch(config-router-vrf)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
vrf context
Creates a VRF.
vrf context
To create a virtual routing and forwarding instance (VRF) and enter VRF configuration mode, use the vrf context command. To remove a VRF entry, use the no form of this command.
vrf context { name | management }
no vrf context { name | management }
Syntax Description
name
Name of the VRF. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
management
Specifies the management VRF.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modification
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VRF context:
switch(config)# vrf context RemoteOfficeVRF
switch(config-vrf)#
Related Commands
Command
Description
vrf
Creates or configures a VRF instance.
vrf member
To add an interface to a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance or to configure object tracking on a VRF instance, use the vrf member command. To remove the object tracking for this route, use the no form of this command.
vrf member vrf-name
no vrf member vrf-name
Syntax Description
vrf-name
VRF name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.
Displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface-related information.
show ip rip
Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.
show track
Displays information about object tracking.
track ip route
Tracks an interface.
vrrp
To create a Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) group on a particular Ethernet interface and assign a number to the VRRP group and enter VRRP configuration mode, use the vrrp command. To remove a VRRP group, use the no form of this command.
vrrp number
no vrrp number
Syntax Description
number
VRRP group number, which you can configure for a Gigabit Ethernet port, including the main interfaces and subinterfaces. The range is from 1 to 255.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Interface configuration mode
Command History
Release
Modified
5.0(3)N1(1)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can configure VRRP only if its state is disabled. Make sure that you configure at least one IP address before you attempt to enable a virtual router.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VRRP group:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# vrrp 7
switch(config-if-vrrp)#
This example shows how to create a VRRP group and configure an IPv4 address for the group:
switch# configure terminal
switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1
switch(config-if)# no switchport
switch(config-if)# vrrp 7
switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 10.0.0.10
switch(config-if-vrrp)# no shutdown
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vrrp
Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.
feature vrrp
Enables VRRP.
address (VRRP)
Adds a primary or secondary IP address to a virtual router.
This applies to IPv4 multicast or unicast.
Feedback